10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For The Fiscal Year Ended March 30, 2013

¨    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period from                  to                 

Commission File Number 0-17795

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	77-0024818
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

800 W. 6^th Street, Austin, TX 78701

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (512) 851-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES   þ        NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ¨        NO  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  þ        NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  þ        NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  ¨ Non-accelerated filer  ¨ Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES  ¨        NO  þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $1,812,739,022 based upon the closing price reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of September 28, 2012. Stock held by directors, officers and stockholders owning 5 percent or more of the outstanding common stock were excluded as they may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

As of May 24, 2013, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, was 63,376,659.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information contained in the registrant’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held July 30, 2013 is incorporated by reference in Part II – Item 5. and Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

FORM 10-K

For The Fiscal Year Ended March 30, 2013

INDEX

PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	7
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	20
Item 2.	Properties	20
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	21
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	22
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	22
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	24
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	33
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	34
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	65
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	65
PART III – OTHER INFORMATION
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	65
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	66
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	66
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	66
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	66
PART IV – OTHER INFORMATION
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	66
	Signatures	69

Page 2 of 69

PART I

ITEM 1.  Business

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-precision, analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of consumer and industrial markets. Building on our diverse analog mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products for consumer and professional audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial applications including energy control, energy measurement, light emitting diode (“LED”) lighting and energy exploration.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989 and were reincorporated in the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, and administrative functions is located in Austin, Texas. We also serve customers from sales offices in the United States, Europe and Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. Our common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

We maintain a Web site with the address www.cirrus.com. We are not including the information contained on our Web site as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make available free of charge through our Web site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). To receive a free copy of this Form 10-K, please forward your written request to Cirrus Logic, Inc., Attn: Investor Relations, 800 W. 6^th Street, Austin, Texas 78701, or via email at Investor.Relations@cirrus.com. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements filed electronically with the SEC by Cirrus Logic.

Background of the Semiconductor Industry

In general, the semiconductor industry produces three types of products: analog, digital and mixed-signal. Analog semiconductors process a continuous range of signals that can represent functions such as temperature, speed, pressure and sound. Digital semiconductors process information represented by discrete values, for example, 0s and 1s. Mixed-signal semiconductors combine analog and digital circuits in a single product. The design of the analog component of a mixed-signal IC is particularly complex and difficult, and requires experienced engineers to optimize speed, power and resolution within standard manufacturing processes.

The convergence and sophistication of our customers’ products, such as portable audio applications, home entertainment and automotive audio devices, is made possible in part by advances in semiconductor technology. Semiconductor companies are attempting to differentiate their products by offering new features and functionality to customers, while at the same time shrinking product sizes, reducing power consumption, and lowering overall system costs.

Due to the extremely high costs involved in developing and operating a wafer fabrication facility, many semiconductor companies, including Cirrus, rely on third party foundries to manufacture their ICs. We believe that our fabless manufacturing model significantly reduces our capital requirements and allows us to focus our resources on the design, development, and marketing of our ICs.

Segments

We determine our operating segments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker as defined by these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment, but reports revenue performance in two product lines, which currently are audio and energy. Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial information to assess financial performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product line level. Additionally, our product lines have similar characteristics and customers. They share operations

Page 3 of 69

support functions such as sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development and engineering support, in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal, finance and information technology. Therefore, there is no discrete financial information maintained for these product lines. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, audio product sales were $754.8 million, $350.7 million, and $264.8 million, respectively. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, energy product sales were $55.0 million, $76.1 million, and $104.7 million, respectively.

See Note 18 - Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for further details including sales and property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations.

Company Strategy

We target growing markets where we can showcase our expertise in analog and digital signal processing to solve challenging problems. Our approach has been to develop new custom and catalog components that embody our latest innovations, which we then use to engage with the leading customers in a particular market or application. We then focus on building a strong engineering relationship with the design teams at these customers and work to develop highly differentiated products that address their specific needs using our own intellectual property (“IP”), sometimes in combination with theirs. When we have been successful with this approach, one initial design win has expanded into many additional products. This strategy gives us the opportunity to increase our content per box with a customer over time through the addition of new features and the integration of other system components into our products.

Markets and Products

The following provides a detailed discussion regarding our audio and energy product lines:

Audio Products:  High-precision analog and mixed-signal components, as well as audio digital signal processor (“DSP”) products for consumer, professional and automotive entertainment markets.

Energy Products:  High-precision analog and mixed-signal components for energy-related applications, such as LED lighting, energy measurement, energy exploration and energy control systems.

AUDIO PRODUCTS

We are a recognized leader in analog and mixed-signal audio converter and audio DSP products that enable today’s new consumer, professional and automotive entertainment applications. Our broad portfolio of approximately 250 active proprietary audio products includes analog-to-digital converters (“ADCs”), digital-to-analog converters (“DACs”), “codecs”—chips that integrate ADCs and DACs into a single IC, digital interface ICs, volume controls, adaptive noise cancelling circuits (“ANC”) and amplifiers, as well as audio DSPs. Our products are used in a wide array of consumer applications, including portable media players, smartphones, tablet computers, laptops, audio/video receivers (“AVRs”) and Blu-ray Disc players, home theater systems, set-top boxes, gaming devices, digital camcorders and digital televisions. Applications for products within professional markets include digital mixing consoles, multi-track digital recorders and effects processors. Applications for products within automotive markets include amplifiers, satellite radio systems, telematics and multi-speaker car-audio systems.

ENERGY PRODUCTS

We provide high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for targeted energy control, energy measurement, LED lighting and energy exploration applications. We have approximately 450 active proprietary energy products which include LED driver ICs, power factor correction ICs, ADC, and DACs. Our products are used in a wide array of high-precision, energy-related applications including LED retrofit lamps, digital utility meters, power supplies and energy exploration.

Page 4 of 69

Customers, Marketing, and Sales

We offer approximately 700 products worldwide through both direct and indirect sales channels. Our major customers are among the world’s leading electronics manufacturers. We target both large existing and emerging growth consumer electronic and energy markets that derive value from our expertise in advanced analog and mixed-signal design processing, systems-level integrated circuit engineering and embedded software development. We derive our sales both domestically and from a variety of locations across the world, including the People’s Republic of China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. Our domestic sales force includes a network of regional direct sales offices located in California, Nevada, and Texas. International sales offices and staff are located in Germany, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Shenzhen in the People’s Republic of China, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Japan and the United Kingdom. We supplement our direct sales force with external sales representatives and distributors. Our technical support staff is located in Texas. Our worldwide sales force provides geographically specific support to our customers and specialized selling of product lines with unique customer bases. See Note 18—Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for further detail and for additional disclosure regarding sales and property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, we generally consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design. These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from an external sales representative or distributor, or through a third party manufacturer contracted to produce their designs. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 89 percent, 74 percent, and 62 percent, of our sales, respectively. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 82 percent, 62 percent, and 47 percent, of the Company’s total sales, respectively. For fiscal years 2012, and 2011, we had one distributor, Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent, and 24 percent, of our sales, respectively. No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, or 2011.

Manufacturing

As a fabless semiconductor company, we contract with third parties for wafer fabrication and our assembly and test operations. We use multiple wafer foundries, assembly sources and test houses in the production of our inventory. The Company owned a 54,000 square foot facility in Tucson, Arizona, which served as the assembly and test facility for the Apex Precision Power (“Apex”) product line prior to the Company selling the assets related to this entity in the fall of fiscal year 2013. Our outsourced manufacturing strategy allows us to concentrate on our design strengths, minimize fixed costs and capital expenditures while giving us access to advanced manufacturing facilities, and provide the flexibility to source multiple leading-edge technologies through strategic relationships. After wafer fabrication by the foundry, third-party assembly vendors package the wafer die. The finished products are then tested before shipment to our customers. While we do have some redundancy of fabrication processes by using multiple outside foundries, any interruption of supply by one or more of these foundries could materially impact us. As a result, we maintain some amount of business interruption insurance to help reduce the risk of wafer supply interruption, but we are not fully insured against such risk. Our supply chain management organization is responsible for the management of all aspects of the manufacturing, assembly, and testing of our products, including process and package development, test program development, and production testing of products in accordance with our ISO-certified quality management system.

Although our products are made from basic materials (principally silicon, metals and plastics), all of which are available from a number of suppliers, capacity at wafer foundries sometimes becomes constrained. The limited availability of certain materials may impact our suppliers’ ability to meet our demand needs or impact the price we are charged. The prices of certain other basic materials, such as metals, gases and chemicals used in the production of circuits can increase as demand grows for these basic commodities. In most cases, we do not procure these materials ourselves; nevertheless, we are reliant on such materials for producing our products because our outside foundry and package and test subcontractors must procure them. To help mitigate risks associated with constrained capacity, we use multiple foundries, assembly and test sources.

Page 5 of 69

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

We rely on patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property, products, and technology. As of March 30, 2013, we held approximately 988 granted U.S. patents, 136 U.S. pending patent applications and various corresponding international patents and applications. Our U.S. patents expire in calendar years 2013 through 2031. While our patents are an important element of our success, our business as a whole is not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We do not anticipate any material effect on our business due to any patents expiring in 2013, and we continue to obtain new patents through our ongoing research and development.

We have maintained U.S. federal trademark registrations for CIRRUS LOGIC, CIRRUS, Cirrus Logic logo designs, and CRYSTAL. These U.S. registrations may be renewed as long as the marks continue to be used in interstate commerce. We have also filed or obtained foreign registration for these marks in other countries or jurisdictions where we conduct, or anticipate conducting, international business.

To complement our own research and development efforts, we have also licensed and expect to continue to license, a variety of intellectual property and technologies important to our business from third parties.

Research and Development

We concentrate our research and development efforts on the design and development of new products for each of our principal markets. We also fund certain advanced-process technology development, as well as other emerging product opportunities. Expenditures for research and development in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $114.1 million, $85.7 million, and $63.9 million, respectively. Our future success is highly dependent upon our ability to develop complex new products, transfer new products to volume production, introduce them into the marketplace in a timely fashion, and have them selected for design into products of systems manufacturers. Our future success may also depend on assisting our customers with integration of our components into their new products, including providing support from the concept stage through design, launch and production ramp.

Competition

Markets for our products are highly competitive and we expect that competition will continue to increase. Our ability to compete effectively and to expand our business will depend on our ability to continue to recruit key engineering talent, execute on new product developments, persuade customers to design-in these new products into their applications, and provide lower-cost versions of existing products. We compete with other semiconductor suppliers that offer standard semiconductors, application-specific standard product and fully customized ICs, including embedded software, chip and board-level products.

While no single company competes with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition in all markets where our products are available. We expect to face additional competition from new entrants in our markets, which may include both large domestic and international IC manufacturers and smaller, emerging companies.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include: time to market; quality of hardware/software design and end-market systems expertise; price; product benefits that are characterized by performance, features, quality and compatibility with standards; access to advanced process and packaging technologies at competitive prices; and sales and technical support, which includes assisting our customers with integration of our components into their new products and providing support from the concept stage through design, launch and production ramp.

Product life cycles may vary greatly by product category. For example, many consumer electronic devices have shorter design-in cycles; therefore, our competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve design wins in next-generation systems. Conversely, this also provides us frequent opportunities to displace competitors in products that have previously not utilized our design. The industrial and automotive markets typically have longer life cycles, which provide continued revenue streams over longer periods of time.

Page 6 of 69

Backlog

Sales are made primarily pursuant to short-term purchase orders for delivery of products. The quantity actually ordered by the customer, as well as the shipment schedules, are frequently revised, without significant penalty, to reflect changes in the customer’s needs. The majority of our backlog is typically requested for delivery within six months. In markets where the end system life cycles are relatively short, customers typically request delivery in six to ten weeks. We believe a backlog analysis at any given time gives little indication of our future business except on a short-term basis, principally within the next 60 days.

We utilize backlog as an indicator to assist us in production planning. However, backlog is influenced by several factors including market demand, pricing, and customer order patterns in reaction to product lead times. Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and delivery because of changes in customer needs or industry conditions. As a result, we believe that our backlog at any given time is an incomplete indicator of future sales.

Employees

As of March 30, 2013, we had 652 full-time employees, a decrease of 15 employees, or 2 percent, over the end of fiscal year 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the restructuring during the 2013 fiscal year. Of our full-time employees, 62 percent were engaged in research and product development activities, 27 percent in sales, marketing, general and administrative activities, and 11 percent in manufacturing-related activities. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering, and administrative personnel.

We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Forward—Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities the Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements are identified by words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “goals,” “estimates,” and “intend.” Variations of these types of words and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Any statements that refer to our plans, expectations, strategies or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Among the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by our forward-looking statements are those discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report, as well as in the documents filed by us with the SEC, specifically the most recent reports on Form 10-Q and 8-K, each as it may be amended from time to time.

We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report, and we undertake no obligation to update this information to reflect events or circumstances after the filing of this report with the SEC, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this Form 10-K and attributable to Cirrus Logic are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we may make or persons acting on our behalf may issue. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. The risk factors set forth below may not be the only risks that we face and there is a risk that we may have failed to identify all possible risk factors. Additional risks that we are not

Page 7 of 69

aware of yet or that currently are not significant may adversely affect our business operations. You should read the following cautionary statements in conjunction with the factors discussed elsewhere in this and other Cirrus Logic filings with the SEC. These cautionary statements are intended to highlight certain factors that may affect the financial condition and results of operations of Cirrus Logic and are not meant to be an exhaustive discussion of risks that apply to companies such as ours.

We depend on a limited number of customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our sales, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, or pricing on products sold to, any key customer or distributor could significantly reduce our sales and our profitability.

While we generate sales from a broad base of customers worldwide, the loss of any of our key customers, or a significant reduction in sales or selling prices to any key customer, or reductions in selling prices made to retain key customer relationships, would significantly reduce our revenue, margins and earnings and adversely affect our business. For the twelve month periods ending March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 89 percent and 74 percent of our sales, respectively. For the twelve month periods ending March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 82 percent and 62 percent of the Company’s total sales, respectively. For the twelve month period ending March 31, 2012, we had one distributor, Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent of our sales.

We may not be able to maintain or increase sales to certain of our key customers for a variety of reasons, including the following:

¡ most of our customers can stop incorporating our products into their own products with limited notice to us and suffer little or no penalty;

¡ our agreements with our customers typically do not require them to purchase a minimum quantity of our products;

¡ many of our customers have pre-existing or concurrent relationships with our current or potential competitors that may affect the customers’ decisions to purchase our products;

¡ our customers face intense competition from other manufacturers that do not use our products; and

¡ our customers regularly evaluate alternative sources of supply in order to diversify their supplier base, which increases their negotiating leverage with us and their ability to obtain components from alternative sources.

In addition, our dependence on a limited number of key customers may make it easier for key customers to pressure us to reduce the prices of the products we sell to them. We have experienced pricing pressure from certain key customers and we expect that the average selling prices for certain of our products will decline, reducing our revenue, our margins and our earnings.

Our key customer relationships often require us to develop new products that may involve significant technological challenges. Our customers frequently place considerable pressure on us to meet their tight development schedules. In addition, we may from time to time enter into customer agreements providing for exclusivity periods during which we may only sell specified products or technology to that customer. Accordingly, we may have to devote a substantial amount of resources to strategic relationships, which could detract from or delay our completion of other important development projects or the development of next generation products and technologies.

Our products are complex and could contain defects, which could result in material costs to us.

Product development in the markets we serve is becoming more focused on the integration of multiple functions on individual devices. There is a general trend towards increasingly complex products. The greater integration of functions and complexity of operations of our products increases the risk that we or our customers

Page 8 of 69

or end users could discover latent defects or subtle faults after volumes of product have been shipped. This could result in material costs to us, including, but not limited to:

¡ reduced margins;

¡ damage to our reputation;

¡ a material recall and replacement costs for product warranty and support;

¡ payments to our customer related to the recall claims as a result of various industry or business practices, contractual requirements, or in order to maintain good customer relationships;

¡ an adverse impact to our customer relationships by the occurrence of significant defects;

¡ a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share, or failure to achieve market acceptance; and

¡ a diversion of the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts.

In addition, any defects or other problems with our products could result in financial losses or other damages to our customers who could seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability or warranty claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend. In particular, the sale of systems and components that are incorporated into certain applications for the automotive industry involves a high degree of risk that such claims may be made.

Due to the complex nature of our products, quality and reliability issues may arise after significant volumes of a product have shipped. This could result in damage to our reputation as a high quality supplier; a material recall or significant product warranty costs; a delay in recognition of revenue; loss of customers and market share; lower manufacturing yields; or a diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts.

While we believe that we are reasonably insured against some of these risks and that we have attempted to contractually limit our financial exposure with many of our customers, a warranty or product liability claim against us in excess of our available insurance coverage and established reserves, or a requirement that we participate in a customer product recall, would have adverse effects (that could be material) on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We have entered into joint development agreements, custom product arrangements, and strategic relationships with some of our largest customers. These arrangements subject us to a number of risks, and any failure to execute on any of these arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We have entered into joint development, product collaboration and technology licensing arrangements with some of our largest customers, and we expect to enter into new strategic arrangements of these kinds from time to time in the future. Such arrangements can magnify several risks for us, including loss of control over the development and development timeline of jointly developed products, risks associated with the ownership of the intellectual property that is developed pursuant to those arrangements, and increased risk that our joint development activities may result in products that are not commercially successful or that are not available in a timely fashion. In addition, any third party with whom we enter into a joint development, product collaboration or technology licensing arrangement may fail to commit sufficient resources to the project, change its policies or priorities or abandon or fail to perform its obligations related to the collaboration. In addition, we may from time to time enter into customer product arrangements that provide for exclusivity periods during which we may only sell specified products or technologies to that particular customer. Any failure to timely develop commercially successful products through our joint development activities as a result of any of these and other challenges could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Page 9 of 69

We are subject to risks relating to product concentration.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of products, and we expect these products to represent a large percentage of our revenues in the near term. Customer acceptance of these products is critical to our future success. Our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows could therefore be adversely affected by:

¡ a decline in demand for any of our more significant products;

¡ a decline in the average selling prices of our more significant products;

¡ failure of our products to achieve continued market acceptance;

¡ competitive products;

¡ new technological standards or changes to existing standards that we are unable to address with our products;

¡ manufacturing or supply issues that prevent us from meeting our customers’ demand for these products;

¡ a failure to release new products or enhanced versions of our existing products on a timely basis; and

¡ the failure of our new products to achieve market acceptance.

Our lack of diversification in our revenue and customer base increases the risk of an investment in our company, and our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, and stock price may deteriorate if we fail to diversify.

Although we continue to invest in and investigate opportunities to diversify our revenue and customer base, our sales, marketing, and development efforts have historically been focused on a limited number of customers and opportunities. Larger companies have the ability to manage their risk by product, market, and customer diversification. However, we lack diversification, in terms of both the nature and scope of our business, which enhances our risk profile. If we cannot diversify our customer and revenue opportunities, our financial condition and results of operations could deteriorate.

In general, our customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant penalties; therefore, our sales and operating results in any quarter are difficult to forecast.

In general, we rely on customers issuing purchase orders to buy our products rather than long-term supply contracts. Customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant penalties. Therefore, cancellations, reductions, or delays of orders from any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, a significant portion of our sales and earnings in any quarter depends upon customer orders for our products that we receive and fulfill in that quarter. Because our expense levels are based in part on our expectations as to future revenue and to a large extent are fixed in the short term, we likely will be unable to adjust spending on a timely basis to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in sales or reductions in average selling prices. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of sales in relation to our expectations could hurt our operating results.

Our sales could be materially impacted by the failure of other component suppliers to deliver required parts needed in the final assembly of our customers’ end products.

The products we supply our customers are typically a portion of the many components provided from multiple suppliers in order to complete the final assembly of an end product. If one or more of these other component suppliers are unable to deliver their required component(s) in order for the final end product to be assembled, our customers may delay, or ultimately cancel, their orders from us.

Page 10 of 69

Strong competition in the semiconductor market may harm our business.

The IC industry is intensely competitive and is frequently characterized by rapid technological change, price erosion, technological obsolescence, and a push towards IC component integration. Because of shortened product life cycles and even shorter design-in cycles in a number of the markets that we serve, our competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve design wins in next-generation systems. In the event that competitors succeed in supplanting our products, our market share may not be sustainable and our net sales, gross margin and operating results would be adversely affected. Additionally, further component integration could eliminate the need for our products.

We compete in a number of fragmented markets. Our principal competitors in these markets include AKM Semiconductor Inc., Analog Devices Inc., Austriamicrosystems AG, Dialog Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor Inc., Integrated Device Technology Inc., iWatt Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, Linear Technologies Corporation, Marvell Technology Group, Ltd., Maxim Integrated Products Inc., NXP Semiconductors N.V., ON Semiconductor Corporation, Power Integrations Inc., Realtek Semiconductor Corporation, ST Microelectronics N.V., Texas Instruments, Inc., and Wolfson Microelectronics plc. Many of these competitors have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, technical, distribution, and other resources; broader product lines; broader intellectual property portfolios; and longer relationships with customers. We also expect intensified competition from emerging companies and from customers who develop their own IC products. In addition, some of our current and future competitors maintain their own fabrication facilities, which could benefit them in connection with cost, capacity, and technical issues.

Increased competition could adversely affect our business. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to compete successfully in the future or that competitive pressures will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Competitive pressures could reduce market acceptance of our products and result in price reductions and increases in expenses that could adversely affect our business and our financial condition. In particular, we have seen increased pricing pressures in the portable audio market, which will likely impact revenues and gross margins in the future.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturing and supply relationships for the majority of our products. Our reliance on third-party foundries and suppliers involves certain risks that may result in increased costs, delays in meeting our customers’ demand, and loss of revenue.

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture the majority of our products internally. We depend upon third parties to manufacture, assemble, package and test the majority of our products. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with these third parties, including:

¡ insufficient capacity available to meet our demand;

¡ inadequate manufacturing yields and excessive costs;

¡ inability of these third parties to obtain an adequate supply of raw materials;

¡ difficulties selecting and integrating new subcontractors;

¡ limited warranties on products supplied to us;

¡ potential increases in prices; and

¡ increased exposure to potential misappropriation of our intellectual property.

Our outside foundries and assembly and test suppliers generally manufacture our products on a purchase order basis, and we have few long-term supply arrangements with these suppliers. Therefore, our third-party manufacturers and suppliers are not obligated to supply us with products for any specific period of time, quantity, or price, except as may be provided in any particular purchase order or in relation to an existing supply agreement. A manufacturing or supply disruption experienced by one or more of our outside suppliers or a disruption of our relationship with an outside foundry could negatively impact the production of certain of our products for a substantial period of time.

Page 11 of 69

In addition, difficulties associated with adapting our technology and product design to the proprietary process technology and design rules of outside foundries can lead to reduced yields of our products. Since low yields may result from either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be effectively determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be analyzed and tested to identify process sensitivities relating to the design rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until well into the production process, and resolution of yield problems may require cooperation between our manufacturer and us. This risk could be compounded by the offshore location of certain of our manufacturers, increasing the effort and time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield problems. Manufacturing defects that we do not discover during the manufacturing or testing process may lead to costly product recalls. These risks may lead to increased costs or delayed product delivery, which would harm our profitability and customer relationships.

In some cases, our requirements may represent a small portion of the total production of the third-party suppliers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a producer will cease production of an older or lower-volume process that it uses to produce our parts. We cannot assure you that our external foundries will continue to devote resources to the production of parts for our products or continue to advance the process design technologies on which the manufacturing of our products are based. Each of these events could increase our costs, lower our gross margin, and cause us to hold more inventories, or materially impact our ability to deliver our products on time.

Because we depend on subcontractors internationally to perform key manufacturing functions for us, we are subject to political, economic, and natural disaster risks that could disrupt the fabrication, assembly, packaging, or testing of our products.

We depend on third-party subcontractors, primarily in Asia, for the fabrication, assembly, packaging, and testing of most of our products. International operations may be subject to a variety of risks, including political instability, global health conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations, changes in import/export regulations, tariff and freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, and floods. Although we seek to reduce our dependence on any one subcontractor, this concentration of subcontractors and manufacturing operations in Asia subjects us to the risks of conducting business internationally, including associated political and economic conditions. If we experience manufacturing problems at a particular location, or a supplier is unable to continue operating due to financial difficulties, natural disasters, or other reasons, we would be required to transfer manufacturing to a backup supplier. Converting or transferring manufacturing from a primary supplier to a backup facility could be expensive and time consuming. As a result, delays in our production or shipping by the parties to whom we outsource these functions could reduce our sales, damage our customer relationships, and damage our reputation in the marketplace, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our products may be subject to average selling prices that decline over time. If we are unable to maintain average selling prices for existing products, increase our volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher selling prices, or reduce our costs, our business and operating results could be harmed.

Historically in the semiconductor industry, average selling prices of products have decreased over time. Moreover, our dependence on a limited number of key customers may make it easier for key customers to pressure us to reduce the prices of the products we sell to them. If the average selling price of any of our products decline and we are unable to increase our unit volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher margins, and/or reduce manufacturing costs to offset anticipated decreases in the prices of our existing products, our operating results may be adversely affected. In addition, because of procurement lead times, we are limited in our ability to reduce total costs quickly in response to any reductions in prices or sales shortfalls. Because of these factors, we may experience material adverse fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.

Page 12 of 69

We may experience difficulties transitioning to advanced manufacturing process technologies, which could materially adversely affect our results.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to transition our current development and production efforts to advanced manufacturing process technologies on circuit geometries of 55 nano-meter and smaller. To the extent that we do not timely transition to smaller geometries, experience difficulties in shifting to smaller geometries, or have significant quality or reliability issues at these smaller geometries, our results could be materially adversely affected.

Costs related to product defects and errata may harm our results of operations and business.

Costs associated with unexpected product defects and errata (deviations from published specifications) due to, for example, unanticipated problems in our design and manufacturing processes, could include:

¡ writing off or reserving the value of inventory of such products;

¡ disposing of products that cannot be fixed;

¡ recalling such products that have been shipped to customers;

¡ providing product replacements for, or modifications to, such products; and

¡ defending against litigation related to such products.

These costs could be substantial and may increase our expenses and lower our margins and profitability. In addition, our reputation with our customers or users of our products could be damaged as a result of such product defects and errata, and the demand for our products could be reduced. The announcement of product defects and/or errata could cause customers to purchase products from our competitors as a result of anticipated shortages of our components or for other reasons. These factors could harm our financial results and the prospects for our business.

As we carry only limited insurance coverage, any incurred liability resulting from uncovered claims could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to fully offset losses from covered incidents, and we do not have coverage for certain losses. For example, there is limited coverage available with respect to the services provided by our third party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors. Although we believe that our existing insurance coverage is consistent with common practices of companies in our industry, our insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us against product recalls, natural disasters, and other unforeseen catastrophes that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to develop and ramp new products into production in a timely manner could harm our operating results.

Our success depends upon our ability to develop new products for new and existing customers, and to introduce these products in a timely and cost-effective manner. New product introductions involve significant investment of resources and potential risks. Delays in new product introductions or less-than-anticipated market acceptance of our new products are possible and would have an adverse effect on our sales and earnings. The development of new products is highly complex and, from time-to-time, we have experienced delays in developing and introducing these new products. Successful product development and introduction depend on a number of factors including, but not limited to:

¡ proper new product definition;

¡ timely completion of design and testing of new products;

¡ assisting our customers with integration of our components into their new products, including providing support from the concept stage through design, launch and production ramp;

¡ successfully developing and implementing the software necessary to integrate our products into our customers’ products;

Page 13 of 69

¡ achievement of acceptable manufacturing yields;

¡ availability of wafer fabrication, assembly, and test capacity; and

¡ market acceptance of our products and the products of our customers.

Both sales and/or margins may be materially affected if new product introductions are delayed, or if our products are not designed into successive generations of new or existing customers’ products. Our failure to develop and introduce new products successfully could harm our business and operating results.

In addition, difficulties associated with adapting our technology and product design to the proprietary process technology and design rules of outside foundries can lead to reduced yields of our products. Since low yields may result from either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be effectively determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be analyzed and tested to identify process sensitivities relating to the design rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until well into the production process, and resolution of yield problems may require cooperation between our manufacturer and us. This risk could be compounded by the offshore location of certain of our manufacturers, increasing the effort and time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield problems. Manufacturing defects that we do not discover during the manufacturing or testing process may lead to costly product recalls. These risks may lead to increased costs or delayed product delivery, which would harm our profitability and customer relationships.

Shifts in industry-wide capacity and our practice of ordering and purchasing our products based on sales forecasts may result in significant fluctuations in inventory and our quarterly and annual operating results.

We rely on independent foundries and assembly and test houses to manufacture our products. Our reliance on these third party suppliers involves certain risks and uncertainties. For example, shifts in industry-wide capacity from shortages to oversupply, or from oversupply to shortages, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. In addition, we may order wafers and build inventory in advance of receiving purchase orders from our customers. Because our industry is highly cyclical and is subject to significant downturns resulting from excess capacity, overproduction, reduced demand, order cancellations, or technological obsolescence, there is a risk that we will forecast inaccurately and produce excess inventories of particular products. In addition, if we experience supply constraints or manufacturing problems at a particular supplier, we could be required to switch suppliers or qualify additional suppliers. Switching and/or qualifying additional suppliers could be an expensive process and take as long as six to twelve months to complete, which could result in material adverse fluctuations to our operating results.

We generally order our products through non-cancelable purchase orders from third-party foundries based on our sales forecasts, and our customers can generally cancel or reschedule orders they place with us without significant penalties. If we do not receive orders as anticipated by our forecasts, or our customers cancel orders that are placed, we may experience increased inventory levels.

Due to the product manufacturing cycle characteristic of IC manufacturing and the inherent imprecision in the accuracy of our customers’ forecasts, product inventories may not always correspond to product demand, leading to shortages or surpluses of certain products. As a result of such inventory imbalances, future inventory write-downs and charges to gross margin may occur due to lower of cost or market accounting, excess inventory, and inventory obsolescence.

We have historically experienced fluctuations in our operating results and expect these fluctuations to continue in future periods.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially and adversely affect our net sales, gross margin, and operating results. If our operating results fall below expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. We are subject to business cycles and it is difficult to predict the timing, length, or volatility of these cycles. These business cycles may create pressure on our sales, gross margin, and/or operating results.

Page 14 of 69

Factors that could cause fluctuations and materially and adversely affect our net sales, gross margin and/or operating results include, but are not limited to:

¡ the volume and timing of orders received;

¡ changes in the mix of our products sold;

¡ market acceptance of our products and the products of our customers;

¡ excess or obsolete inventory;

¡ pricing pressures from competitors and key customers;

¡ our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis;

¡ the timing and extent of our research and development expenses;

¡ the failure to anticipate changing customer product requirements;

¡ disruption in the supply of wafers, assembly, or test services;

¡ reduction of manufacturing yields;

¡ certain production and other risks associated with using independent manufacturers, assembly houses, and testers; and

¡ product obsolescence, price erosion, competitive developments, and other competitive factors.

We have significant international sales, and risks associated with these sales could harm our operating results.

Export sales, principally to Asia, include sales to U.S-based customers with overseas manufacturing plants or manufacturing sub-contractors. These export sales represented 94 percent, 88 percent, and 82 percent, of our net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. We expect export sales to continue to represent a significant portion of product sales. This reliance on international sales subjects us to the risks of conducting business internationally, including risks associated with political and economic instability, global health conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations and changes in import/export regulations, tariff and freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disaster, especially in Asia. For example, the political or economic instability in a given region may have an adverse impact on the financial position of end users in the region, which could affect future orders and harm our results of operations. Our international sales operations involve a number of other risks including, but not limited to:

¡ unexpected changes in government regulatory requirements;

¡ changes to countries’ banking and credit requirements;

¡ changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

¡ delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses for technology;

¡ tariffs and other barriers and restrictions;

¡ competition with non-U.S. companies or other domestic companies entering the non-U.S. markets in which we operate;

¡ longer sales and payment cycles;

¡ problems in collecting accounts receivable; and

¡ the burdens of complying with a variety of non-U.S. laws.

In addition, our competitive position may be affected by the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other currencies. Consequently, increases in the value of the dollar would increase the price in local currencies of our products in non-U.S. markets and make our products relatively more expensive. Alternatively, decreases in the value of the dollar will increase the relative cost of operations that are based overseas. We cannot provide assurances that regulatory, political and other factors will not adversely affect our operations in the future or require us to modify our current business practices.

Page 15 of 69

Our international operations subject our business to additional political and economic risks that could have an adverse impact on our business.

In addition to international sales constituting a large portion of our net sales, we maintain international operations, sales, and technical support personnel. International expansion has required, and will continue to require, significant management attention and resources. There are risks inherent in expanding our presence into non-U.S. regions, including, but not limited to:

¡ difficulties in staffing and managing non-U.S. operations;

¡ failure of non-U.S. laws to adequately protect our U.S. intellectual property, patent, trademarks, copyrights, know-how, and other proprietary rights;

¡ global health conditions and potential natural disasters;

¡ political and economic instability in international regions;

¡ international currency controls and exchange rate fluctuations;

¡ vulnerability to terrorist groups targeting American interests abroad; and

¡ legal uncertainty regarding liability and compliance with non-U.S. laws and regulatory requirements.

If we are unable to successfully manage the demands of our international operations, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions. As a result, our financial results and the market price of our common shares may decline.

Global economic conditions could make it difficult for our customers, our suppliers, and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause global businesses to defer or reduce spending on our products, or increase the costs of manufacturing our products. During challenging economic times our customers and distributors may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impact their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our days sales outstanding would increase.

We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery. If the economy or markets in which we operate were to deteriorate, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will likely be materially and/or adversely affected.

Our results may be affected by the fluctuation in sales in the consumer entertainment and smartphone markets.

Because we sell products primarily in the consumer entertainment and smartphone markets, we are likely to be affected by seasonality in the sales of our products and the cyclical nature of these markets. Further, a decline in consumer confidence and consumer spending relating to economic conditions, terrorist attacks, armed conflicts, oil prices, global health conditions, natural disasters, and/or the political stability of countries that we operate in or sell into could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our failure to manage our distribution channel relationships could adversely affect our business.

The future of our business, as well as the future growth of our business, will depend in part on our ability to manage our relationships with current and future distributors and external sales representatives and to develop additional channels for the distribution and sale of our products. The inability to successfully manage these relationships could adversely affect our business.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents and to preserve our other intellectual property rights covering our products. We seek patent protection for those inventions and technologies for which we believe such protection is suitable and is likely to provide a competitive advantage to us. We also rely on trade

Page 16 of 69

secrets, proprietary technology, non-disclosure and other contractual terms, and technical measures to protect our technology and manufacturing knowledge. We work actively to foster continuing technological innovation to maintain and protect our competitive position. We cannot provide assurances that steps taken by us to protect our intellectual property will be adequate, that our competitors will not independently develop or design around our patents, or that our intellectual property will not be misappropriated. In addition, the laws of some non-U.S. countries may not protect our intellectual property as well as the laws of the United States.

Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Policing infringement of our technology is difficult, and litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any such litigation could be expensive, take significant time, and divert management’s attention from other business concerns.

Potential intellectual property claims and litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages and could invalidate our proprietary rights.

The IC industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. We may find it necessary to initiate a lawsuit to assert our patent or other intellectual property rights. These legal proceedings could be expensive, take significant time, and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. We cannot provide assurances that we will ultimately be successful in any lawsuit, nor can we provide assurances that any patent owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. We cannot provide assurances that rights granted under our patents will provide competitive advantages to us, or that any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all.

As is typical in the IC industry, we and our customers have, from time to time, received and may in the future receive, communications from third parties asserting patents, mask work rights, or copyrights. In the event third parties were to make a valid intellectual property claim and a license was not available on commercially reasonable terms, our operating results could be harmed. Litigation, which could result in substantial cost to us and diversion of our management, technical and financial resources, may also be necessary to defend us against claimed infringement of the rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such suit could have an adverse effect on our future operations and/or liquidity.

System security risks, data protection breaches, cyber-attacks and other related cyber security issues could disrupt our internal operations, and any such disruption could increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our security controls and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack our websites, products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our websites and products. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.

We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business. In addition, we manage and store a significant amount of proprietary and sensitive confidential information from our customers. Any breach of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us or our customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business.

Page 17 of 69

If we fail to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, we may not be able to develop, market, or sell our products or successfully manage our business.

Competition for highly qualified personnel in our industry is intense. The number of technology companies in the geographic areas in which we operate is greater than it has been historically and we expect competition for qualified personnel to intensify. There are only a limited number of individuals in the job market with the requisite skills. Our Human Resources organization focuses significant efforts on attracting and retaining individuals in key technology positions. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to hire new personnel with the requisite skills could restrict our ability to develop new products or enhance existing products in a timely manner, sell products to our customers, or manage our business effectively.

If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully assimilate new talent, our ability to meet development schedules, productivity, employee morale and retention could be impacted, resulting in an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We continue to experience rapid growth in hiring new employees. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees, while at the same time not losing key personnel. While managing those risks, we still must sustain the beneficial aspects of our award-winning corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and mitigates voluntary turnover.

We intend to make substantial investments to expand our engineering, research and development organizations. The challenges of integrating a rapidly growing employee base into our corporate culture are exacerbated by the tight product development schedules for our key customers. Therefore, if we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully assimilate new talent, our ability to meet development schedules, productivity, employee morale and retention could be impacted, resulting in an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which may create additional risks associated with our ability to successfully integrate them into our business.

We continue to consider future acquisitions of other companies, or their technologies or products, to improve our market position, broaden our technological capabilities, and expand our product offerings. If we are able to acquire companies, products or technologies that would enhance our business, we could experience difficulties in integrating them. Integrating acquired businesses involves a number of risks, including, but not limited to:

¡ the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

¡ unexpected costs or incurring unknown liabilities;

¡ the diversion of management resources from other strategic and operational issues;

¡ the inability to retain the employees of the acquired businesses;

¡ difficulties relating to integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

¡ adverse effects on the existing customer relationships of acquired companies;

¡ the potential incompatibility of the businesses;

¡ adverse effects associated with entering into markets and acquiring technologies in areas in which we have little experience; and

¡ acquired intangible assets becoming impaired as a result of technological advancements, or worse-than-expected performance of the acquired company.

If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our business could be harmed.

Page 18 of 69

We are subject to the export control regulations of the U.S. Department of State and the Department of Commerce. A violation of these export control regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business or our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

The nature of our international business subjects us to the export control regulations of the U.S. Department of State and the Department of Commerce. If these export control regulations are violated, it could result in monetary penalties and denial of export privileges. The U.S. government is very strict with respect to compliance and has served notice generally that failure to comply with these regulations may subject violators to fines and/or imprisonment. Although we are not aware of any material violation of any export control regulations, a failure to comply with any of the above mentioned regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

The Company has a significant amount of deferred tax assets. Our ability to recognize these deferred tax assets is dependent upon our ability to determine whether it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize, or actually use, these deferred tax assets. That determination depends primarily on our ability to generate future U.S. taxable income. Our judgments regarding future profitability may change due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. These changes, if any, may require possible material adjustments to the net deferred tax asset and an accompanying reduction or increase in net income in the period in which such determinations are made.

Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock fluctuates significantly. This fluctuation has been or may be the result of numerous factors, including, but not limited to:

¡ actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

¡ announcements concerning our business or those of our competitors, customers, or suppliers;

¡ loss of a significant customer, or customers;

¡ changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or our failure to perform as anticipated by the analysts;

¡ news, commentary, and rumors emanating from the media relating to our customers, the industry, or us. These reports may be unrelated to the actual operating performance of the Company, and in some cases, may be potentially misleading or incorrect;

¡ announcements regarding technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

¡ announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

¡ announcements by us of significant divestitures or sale of certain assets or intellectual property;

¡ litigation arising out of a wide variety of matters, including, among others, employment matters and intellectual property matters;

¡ departure of key personnel;

¡ single significant stockholders selling for any reason;

¡ general conditions in the IC industry; and

¡ general market conditions and interest rates.

Page 19 of 69

We have provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and are subject to certain provisions of Delaware law, which could prevent, delay or impede a change of control of our company. These provisions could affect the market price of our stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware law and of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if our stockholders support the acquisition. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

¡ the inability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

¡ a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent; and

¡ a requirement that stockholders provide advance notice of any stockholder nominations of directors or any proposal of new business to be considered at any meeting of stockholders.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover laws of Delaware that may prevent, delay or impede a third party from acquiring or merging with us, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are subject to the risks of owning real property.

We currently own our U.S. headquarters in Austin, Texas. The ownership of our U.S. headquarters subjects us to the risks of owning real property, which may include:

¡ the possibility of environmental contamination and the costs associated with correcting any environmental problems;

¡ adverse changes in the value of these properties, due to interest rate changes, changes in the neighborhood in which the property is located, or other factors; and

¡ the risk of financial loss in excess of amounts covered by insurance, or uninsured risks, such as the loss caused by damage to the buildings as a result of fire, floods, or other natural disasters.

ITEM 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2.  Properties

As of May 1, 2013, our principal facilities are located in Austin, Texas. In July 2012, we relocated the Company’s corporate headquarters into a new facility, which we own, and consists of approximately 135,000 square feet of office space and is primarily occupied by research and development personnel and testing equipment. In addition, the Company has purchased surrounding properties that consist of approximately 32,000 square feet of space, of which 7,000 square feet is subleased through November 2014. We expect to staff these facilities with a mixture of administrative personnel, research and development personnel, and testing equipment once the current subleases expire and renovations are complete.

Additionally, we have various leased facilities in Austin, TX, consisting of approximately 96,000 square feet. This includes approximately 59,000 square feet of leased space that houses a mixture of administrative personnel as well as research and development personnel. Our failure analysis and reliability facilities occupy the remaining 37,000 square feet of leased space.

The Company closed operations in Tucson, Arizona during fiscal year 2013, which included 28,000 square feet of leased office space which was primarily occupied by engineering personnel. The term of this lease extends through May 2015.

Page 20 of 69

Below is a detailed schedule that identifies our occupied leased and owned property locations as of May 1, 2013, with various lease terms through fiscal year 2015:

Design Centers	Sales Support Offices – USA	Sales Support Offices – International
Austin, Texas	Cupertino, California	Hong Kong, China
		Shanghai, China
		Shenzhen, China
		Tokyo, Japan
		Singapore
		Seoul, South Korea
		Taipei, Taiwan
		Buckinghamshire, United Kingdom

See Note 12 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for further detail.

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business activities. We regularly evaluate the status of legal proceedings in which we are involved, to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred and determine if accruals are appropriate. We further evaluate each legal proceeding to assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made, if accruals are not appropriate. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the allegations made in the legal cases described below.

On June 4, 2012, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC (the “Plaintiff”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and two other defendants in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas. The Plaintiff alleges that Cirrus Logic infringed on four U.S. patents relating to Ethernet technology. In its complaint, the Plaintiff indicated that it is seeking unspecified monetary damages, including up to treble damages for willful infringement. We answered the complaint on June 29, 2012, denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed. On September 21, 2012, the Plaintiff amended its complaint to allege that we infringed on a fifth patent related to similar technology. We answered the amended complaint on October 8, 2012, again denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed.

On February 4, 2013, a purported shareholder filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and two of the Company’s executives (the “Securities Case”). Koplyay v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. Civil Action No. 13-CV-0790. The complaint alleges that the defendants violated the federal securities laws by making materially false and misleading statements regarding our business results between July 31, 2012, and October 31, 2012, and seeks unspecified damages along with plaintiff’s costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. A second complaint was filed on April 13, 2013, by a different purported shareholder, in the same court, setting forth substantially the same allegations. On April 19, 2013, the court appointed the plaintiff and counsel in the first class action complaint as the lead plaintiff and lead counsel. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on May 1, 2013, including substantially the same allegations as the original complaint.

On April 13, 2013, another purported shareholder filed a shareholder derivative complaint against several of our current officers and directors in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, 53^rd Judicial District (the “Derivative Case”). Graham, derivatively on behalf of Cirrus Logic, Inc. v. Rhode, et. al., Cause No. D-1-GN-13-001285. In this complaint, the plaintiff makes allegations similar to those presented in the Securities Case, but the plaintiff asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment. The Company is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought.

Page 21 of 69

ITEM 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS. The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low intra-day sales prices for our common stock.

As of May 24, 2013, there were approximately 622 holders of record of our common stock.

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and currently intend to continue a policy of retaining any earnings for reinvestment in our business.

The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

	High		Low
Fiscal year ended March 30, 2013
First quarter	$	31.23	$	20.28
Second quarter		45.49		24.94
Third quarter		42.00		25.31
Fourth quarter		31.97		22.04
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2012
First quarter	$	21.96	$	13.13
Second quarter		18.51		12.52
Third quarter		18.35		13.40
Fourth quarter		24.85		15.69

Page 22 of 69

Stock Price Performance Graph

The following graph and table show a comparison of the five-year cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a dividend reinvestment basis, for Cirrus Logic, the S&P 500 Composite Index (the “S&P 500”), and the Semiconductor Subgroup of the S&P Electronics Index (the “S&P Semiconductors Index”).

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Assumes Initial Investment of $100 on March 29, 2008

	3/29/2008		3/28/2009		3/27/2010		3/26/2011		3/31/2012		3/30/2013
Cirrus Logic, Inc.		100.00		60.33		119.00		319.16		358.97		343.14
S&P 500 Index		100.00		63.67		93.00		106.83		117.05		133.40
S&P 500 Semiconductors Index		100.00		74.01		112.53		125.52		144.39		130.52

(1) The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and in each index at the market close on March 29, 2008, and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends were declared on our common stock during the periods presented.

(2) Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.

The information in this Form 10-K appearing under the heading “Stock Price Performance Graph” is being “furnished” pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 23 of 69

ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data

The information contained below should be read along with Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data (Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts).

	Fiscal Years
	2013		2012		2011		2010			2009
		(1)		(1)		(1)
Net sales	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571	$	220,989	(2)	$	174,642
Net income		136,598		87,983		203,503		38,398			3,475
Basic earnings per share		$ 2.12	$	1.35	$	3.00	$	0.59		$	0.05
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00	$	1.29	$	2.82	$	0.59		$	0.05
Financial position at year end:
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted investments and marketable securities		236,547		184,788		215,055		141,626			120,232
Total assets	$	651,347	$	544,462	$	496,621	$	267,610		$	207,004
Working capital		351,455		278,602		267,416		142,965			126,908
Long term obligations		10,094		5,620		6,188		7,119			8,328
Total stockholders’ equity	$	548,174	$	465,857	$	438,379	$	218,601		$	172,928

1) Refer to the consolidated financial statements and the Notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 for an expanded discussion of factors that materially affect the comparability of the information reflected in the selected consolidated financial data presented above.

2) The increase in net sales reflects increases in audio product sales, primarily portable and surround codecs products, partially offset by a $10.0 million decrease in energy product sales.

ITEM 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Please read the following discussion in conjunction with our audited historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains statements that are forward-looking. These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risk, uncertainties and other factors. Actual results could differ materially because of the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon the consolidated financial statements included in this report, which have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts. We evaluate the estimates on an on-going basis. We base these estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies involve significant judgments and estimates that are used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

¡ We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. The Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and circumstances, including projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover attributes. We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding its realization.

Page 24 of 69

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result. See Note 17 — Income Taxes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for additional details.

¡ We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and stock rotation. Revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable. Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment.

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net within the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory. Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

¡ Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We write down inventories to net realizable value based on forecasted demand, product release schedules, product life cycles, management judgment, and the age of inventory. Actual demand and market conditions may be different from those projected by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

¡ We evaluate the recoverability of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets by testing for impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amounts. An impairment loss is recognized in the event the carrying value of these assets exceeds the fair value of the applicable assets. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangibles, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

¡ Our available-for-sale investments, non-marketable securities and other investments are subject to a periodic impairment review. Investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary. This determination requires significant judgment and actual results may be materially different than our estimate. Marketable securities are evaluated for impairment if the decline in fair value below cost basis is significant and/or has lasted for an extended period of time. Non-marketable securities or other investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary. For investments accounted for using the cost method of accounting, we evaluate information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements) in addition to quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults, and subsequent rounds of financings at an amount below the cost basis of the investment. This list is not all inclusive and we weigh all quantitative and qualitative factors in determining if an other-than-

Page 25 of 69

temporary decline in value of an investment has occurred. When a decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we recognize an impairment loss in the current period’s operating results to the extent of the decline. Actual values could be different from those estimated by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 3 — Marketable Securities of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

¡ The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability or failure of our customers to make required payments. We regularly evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the age of the receivable, our ongoing customer relations, as well as any disputes with the customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. Additionally, we may maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses on receivables from customers with whom we are involved in litigation. See Note 5 — Accounts Receivable, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

¡ The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the total consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the evaluations. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analysis, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period. There were no impairments of goodwill in fiscal years 2013, 2012, or 2011.

¡ We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies for various legal matters. See Note 13 — Legal Matters of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether any accruals should be made based on the status of the case, the results of the discovery process and other factors. If we ultimately determine that an accrual should be made for a legal matter, this accrual could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position and the ultimate outcome may be materially different than our estimate.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350) — Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. With the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived assets, other than goodwill, are impaired. If, after the assessment, an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to assess further. If an entity concludes otherwise, the fair value determination and quantitative impairment test is required, in accordance with Subtopic 350-30. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) —Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. With the amendments in this update, an entity is required to “report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.” The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15,

Page 26 of 69

2012, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Overview

Cirrus Logic develops high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for a broad range of audio and energy markets. We track operating results in one reportable segment, but report revenue performance by product line, which currently are audio and energy. In fiscal year 2013, the Company announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock, continued to target growing markets that we were focused on in previous years and developed new winning designs. The Company reported a revenue increase of 90% over the prior fiscal year and an increase in the investment in research and development of $28.4 million.

Fiscal Year 2013

Fiscal year 2013 was a year focused on ramping new custom products and introducing general market portable audio and energy products that we expect to drive revenue growth and customer diversification longer-term. The Company continued to target tier-one customers in growing markets who are able to differentiate their products with our innovative technology, highlighted by the fact that our top ten end customer concentration has increased to 89 percent of sales in the current fiscal year, from 74 percent in fiscal year 2012.

Fiscal year 2013 net sales of $809.8 million represented a 90 percent increase over fiscal year 2012 net sales of $426.8 million. Audio product line sales of $754.8 million in fiscal year 2013 represented a 115 percent increase over fiscal year 2012 sales of $350.7 million, attributable to higher sales of portable audio products. Energy product line sales of $55.0 million in fiscal year 2013 represented a 28 percent decrease from fiscal year 2012 sales of $76.1 million, which was attributable, primarily to the absence of revenue related to the products involved in the Tucson office asset sale, described in Note 7, coupled with decreased sales from our power meter components. Additionally, the restructuring discussed in Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements contributed to this decrease.

In fiscal year 2013, we experienced substantial growth in our revenue and operating profit, significantly expanded our footprint in portable audio, and continued our investments in new LED lighting products.

Overall, gross margin for fiscal year 2013 was 48.8 percent. Decreases in gross margin for fiscal year 2013 were primarily due to inventory write-downs, including scrapped inventory, and unfavorable product mix. The Company achieved net income of $136.6 million in fiscal year 2013, which included an income tax provision in the amount of $64.6 million. Additionally, the Company’s number of employees decreased slightly to 652 in fiscal year 2013, due to the restructuring discussed in Note 9, partially offset by an increase in new hires.

Fiscal Year 2012

Fiscal year 2012 net sales of $426.8 million represented a 15 percent increase over fiscal year 2011 net sales of $369.6 million. Audio product line sales of $350.7 million in fiscal year 2012 represented a 32 percent increase over fiscal year 2011 sales of $264.8 million and were primarily attributable to higher sales of portable audio products. Energy product line sales of $76.1 million in fiscal year 2012 represented a 27 percent decrease from fiscal year 2011 sales of $104.7 million, and were attributable to decreased sales across product lines, primarily in the seismic product line.

In fiscal year 2012, we launched our first LED controller within our energy product line and continued our strategy of targeting growing markets, where we can showcase our expertise in analog and digital signal processing to solve challenging problems.

Overall gross margin of 54.0 percent for fiscal year 2012 represented an approximate 14 percent increase in gross profit over prior years. The Company achieved net income of $88.0 million in fiscal year 2012, which included a benefit for income taxes in the amount of $8.0 million upon realizing net deferred tax assets. Additionally, the Company’s number of employees grew to 667 in the 2012 fiscal year, due to the increased hiring of engineering talent for existing projects.

Page 27 of 69

Fiscal Year 2011

The Company completed a $150 million stock repurchase program in fiscal year 2011 and continued our strategy of targeting and developing relationships with Tier 1 customers in growing markets, such as portable audio products, including smartphones; automobile audio amplifiers; and energy measurement and energy control. We built on our diverse analog and signal-processing patent portfolio by delivering highly optimized products for a variety of audio and energy-related applications. We dedicated substantial resources and investments towards portable audio products, but also invested in energy-related applications.

Fiscal year 2011 net sales of $369.6 million represented a 67 percent increase over fiscal year 2010 net sales of $221.0 million. Audio product line sales of $264.8 million in fiscal year 2011 represented a 72 percent increase over fiscal year 2010 sales of $153.7 million, and were primarily attributable to higher sales of portable audio and surround codec products. Energy product line sales of $104.7 million in fiscal year 2011 represented a 56 percent increase over fiscal year 2010 sales of $67.3 million, and were primarily attributable to higher sales of seismic, power meter, and power amplification products.

Overall gross margin of 54.7 percent for fiscal year 2011 reflected an increase from fiscal year 2010 margin of 53.7 percent due to enhanced supply chain management and increased sales of higher margin seismic, power meter, and power amplification products.

With expanding design win opportunities in both our audio and energy product lines, the Company continued to hire engineering talent, which resulted in an increase of 64 research and development employees, or 26 percent, as compared to the end of fiscal year 2010.

The Company achieved net income of $203.5 million in fiscal year 2011, which included a benefit for income taxes in the amount of $119.3 million as a result of the realization of an additional $120.0 million of net deferred tax assets. Finally, the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments balances as of March 26, 2011, of $215.1 million reflects an increase of $73.5 million, or 52 percent, over the ending balances from the prior fiscal year.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for each of the past three fiscal years as a percentage of net sales. All percentage amounts were calculated using the underlying data, in thousands:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Net sales		100	%		100	%		100	%
Gross Margin		49	%		54	%		55	%
Research and development		14	%		20	%		17	%
Selling, general and administrative		10	%		15	%		16	%
Patent agreement, net		0	%		0	%		-1	%
Restructuring and other costs, net		0	%		0	%		0	%
Gain on sale of asset		0	%		0	%		0	%
Income from operations		25	%		19	%		23	%
Interest income		0	%		0	%		0	%
Other income (expense), net		0	%		0	%		0	%
Income before income taxes		25	%		19	%		23	%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		8	%		-2	%		-32	%
Net income		17	%		21	%		55	%

Page 28 of 69

Net Sales

We report sales in two product categories: audio products and energy products. Our sales by product line are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Audio Products	$	754,769	$	350,743	$	264,840
Energy Products		55,017		76,100		104,731
	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

Net sales for fiscal year 2013 increased 90 percent, to $809.8 million from $426.8 million in fiscal year 2012. The increase in net sales reflects a $404.0 million increase in audio product sales, partially offset by a $21.1 million decrease in energy product sales. The audio products group experienced growth primarily from the sales of portable audio products, while the decline in energy product group sales was attributable primarily to the absence of revenue related to the products involved in the Tucson office asset sale, described in Note 7, coupled with decreased sales from our power meter components.

Net sales for fiscal year 2012 increased 15 percent, to $426.8 million from $369.6 million in fiscal year 2011. The increase in net sales reflects an $85.9 million increase in audio product sales, offset by a $28.6 million decrease in energy product sales. The audio products group experienced growth primarily from the sales of portable products, while the decline in energy product group sales was attributable to decreased sales across product lines, primarily in the seismic product line.

Export sales, principally to Asia, including sales to U.S.-based customers that manufacture products at plants overseas, were approximately $764.9 million in fiscal year 2013, $376.6 million in fiscal year 2012, and $302.7 million in fiscal year 2011. Export sales to customers located in Asia were 91 percent, 79 percent, and 70 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. All other export sales represented 3 percent, 9 percent, and 12 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Our sales are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. During fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we did not enter into any foreign currency hedging contracts.

Gross Margin

Overall gross margin of 48.8 percent for fiscal year 2013 reflects a decrease from fiscal year 2012 gross margin of 54.0 percent, primarily due to inventory write-downs in the 2013 fiscal year and unfavorable product mix. Fiscal year 2013 sales of product written down in prior periods contributed less than $0.1 million to gross margin compared to approximately $1.8 million, or 0.4 percent, in fiscal year 2012. In total, excess and obsolete inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, increased by $25.5 million from fiscal year 2012 and resulted in a decrease of gross margin of 3.1 percent. The $25.5 million increase in excess and obsolete inventory charges was primarily attributable to a charge due to a decreased customer forecast for orders of a high volume product.

Overall gross margin of 54.0 percent for fiscal year 2012 reflects a decrease from fiscal year 2011 gross margin of 54.7 percent, primarily due to energy product line decreases, and in particular, the decreased sales of seismic products. This decrease was offset by a 3 percent increase in margins in the audio product lines, primarily portable products. Fiscal year 2012 sales of product written down in prior periods contributed approximately $1.8 million, or 0.4 percent, compared to approximately $1.5 million, or 0.4 percent, in fiscal year 2011. In total, excess and obsolete inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, decreased by $5.2 million from fiscal year 2011 and resulted in an increase of gross margin of 1.2 percent. The $5.2 million decrease in excess and obsolete inventory charges was primarily attributable to a charge of approximately $4.2 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011. Additionally, in fiscal year 2012, gross margin was negatively affected 0.5 percent as a result of a production issue.

Page 29 of 69

Research and Development Expenses

Fiscal year 2013 research and development expenses of $114.1 million reflect an increase of $28.4 million, or 33 percent, from fiscal year 2012. The variance was primarily due to a 13 percent increase in research and development headcount and associated salary expenses as well as increased product development costs. Also, in the 2013 fiscal year, depreciation increased as well as expenses related to investments in more CAD software.

Fiscal year 2012 research and development expenses of $85.7 million reflect an increase of $21.8 million, or 34 percent, from fiscal year 2011. The variance was primarily due to an 18 percent increase in research and development headcount and associated salary and benefit expenses. Additionally, research and development expenses related to product development and maintenance increased in the current year, due primarily to an increase in CAD technology and an increased number of projects under development.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Fiscal year 2013 selling, general and administrative expenses of $77.0 million reflect an increase of $11.8 million, or 18 percent, compared to fiscal year 2012. The $11.8 million increase was primarily attributable to an increase in employee-related expenses, including bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as increased external professional services, despite a decrease in headcount of 14 percent.

Fiscal year 2012 selling, general and administrative expenses of $65.2 million reflect an increase of $6.5 million, or 11 percent, compared to fiscal year 2011. The $6.5 million increase was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries and benefits as a result of a 19 percent increase in headcount in the selling, general and administrative category. There were also increases in expenses related to maintenance and supplies, depreciation and professional expenses compared to fiscal year 2011.

Patent Agreement, Net

On July 13, 2010, we entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement for the sale of certain Company-owned patents. As a result of this agreement, on August 31, 2010, the Company received cash consideration of $4.0 million from the purchaser. The proceeds were recorded as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are reflected as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in operating expenses under the caption “Patent agreement, net.”

Interest Income

Interest income in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, was $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million, respectively. The decreases in interest income in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, were attributable to lower yields on invested capital.

Expense (Benefit) for Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $64.6 million in fiscal year 2013 on a pre-tax income of $201.2 million, yielding an effective tax provision rate of 32.1 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily as a result of federal research and development credits that were recorded during the year due to the retroactive extension of the credit by the enactment of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 on January 2, 2013. Our effective tax rate was also lowered slightly by the release of $2.6 million of valuation allowance that had been placed on our federal capital loss carryforward.

We recorded an income tax benefit of $8.0 million in fiscal year 2012 on a pre-tax income of $80.0 million, yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 10 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily as a result of the release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets that have not yet been utilized.

We recorded an income tax benefit of $119.3 million in fiscal year 2011 on a pre-tax income of $84.2 million, yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 142 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily as a result of the release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets

Page 30 of 69

that have not yet been utilized. The release of a portion of the valuation allowance generated a $120.0 million tax benefit and was based on an evaluation of the net U.S. deferred tax assets that we expected to be more likely than not to be utilized in future years as a result of projected net income.

We evaluate our ability to realize our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The deferred tax assets that we have recognized result from a more likely than not assessment that these assets will be realized.

Outlook

Our long term goal is to achieve 20 percent operating profit as well as to achieve 15 percent average year over year revenue growth. Due to increased pricing pressures in the smartphone market, we expect our gross margins to be in the mid-40 percent range in the latter half of the upcoming calendar year. For the upcoming fiscal year, we expect our revenue to be impacted due to a decline in our average selling prices in certain audio products.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In fiscal year 2013, our net cash provided by operating activities was $160.8 million. The positive cash flow from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, partially offset by a $76.1 million reduction in working capital, primarily due to an increase in inventory and accounts receivable as our business grew. In fiscal year 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities was $83.2 million. The positive cash flow from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, partially offset by a $16.8 million reduction in working capital. In fiscal year 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities was $86.9 million. The positive cash flow from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, which were partially offset by a $12.8 million reduction in working capital.

In fiscal year 2013, we used approximately $84.8 million in cash for investing activities, principally due to the net purchases of marketable securities of $51.5 million and $52.9 million in capital expenditures, partially offset by $22.2 million in proceeds from the sale of assets associated with the Company’s Apex business in Tucson, Arizona. In fiscal year 2012, we generated approximately $18.4 million in cash from investing activities, principally due to the net proceeds from the sale of marketable securities, partially offset by $42 million in capital expenditures and investments in technology. In fiscal year 2011, we used approximately $74.2 million in cash from investing activities, principally due to the net purchase of $52.7 million in marketable securities. In addition, during fiscal year 2011, we invested $20.1 million in property, equipment, and capitalized software, primarily attributable to the purchase of land for our new corporate headquarters in the amount of $10.8 million, coupled with $2.4 million in headquarters construction costs. During fiscal year 2011, we also incurred $1.5 million for investments in technology.

During fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we generated $12.0 million, $4.1 million, and $31.0 million, respectively, in cash from financing activities related to the receipt of cash from common stock issuances as a result of the exercises of employee stock options. In fiscal year 2013, the Company utilized approximately $86.1 million in cash to repurchase and retire portions of its outstanding common stock as part of the $200 million stock repurchase program announced in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. In fiscal year 2012, the Company utilized approximately $76.8 million in cash to repurchase and retire portions of its outstanding common stock as part of the $80 million stock repurchase program that began in fiscal year 2011. In fiscal year 2011, we completed a $20 million stock repurchase program and started the $80 million stock repurchase program that was completed in fiscal year 2013.

On April 19, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement providing for a $100 million revolving credit facility with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit. The credit facility expired on April 19, 2013, and the Company chose not to renew the agreement. Through April 19, 2013, we had not drawn against the revolving line of credit. See “Revolving Credit Facility” below for additional details regarding this facility.

The Company completed construction of our new headquarters facility in Austin, Texas in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. Through March 30, 2013, total facility construction costs and the costs related to furniture, fixtures, and equipment to fully move our headquarters employees into this new facility was approximately $58.3 million, which included $10.8 million in land acquisition costs. We have funded the costs related to this project with cash flows from operations. The Company intends to expand operations in the upcoming fiscal year

Page 31 of 69

and acquire or build additional facilities in Austin. We anticipate future costs related to the expansion to range from $15 million to $20 million.

Although we cannot provide assurances to our stockholders that we will be able to generate sufficient cash in the future, we anticipate that our existing capital resources and cash flow generated from future operations will enable us to maintain our current level of operations for at least the next 12 months.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company maintained a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers, and the lenders referred to therein (the “Lenders”). The aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility was $100 million with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit and was intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings for working capital and other general corporate purposes. At March 30, 2013, the Company has no borrowings against this facility.

The Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative covenants, including, among others, covenants regarding the payment of taxes and other obligations, maintenance of insurance, reporting requirements and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Further, the Credit Agreement contains customary negative covenants limiting the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors to, among other things, incur debt, grant liens, make investments, effect certain fundamental changes, make certain asset dispositions, make certain restricted payments, enter into certain transactions with Affiliates and permit aggregate Capital Expenditures to exceed $90.0 million on a rolling four-quarter basis. The facility also contained certain negative financial covenants providing that (a) the ratio of Consolidated funded indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters must not be greater than 1.75 to 1.00 and (b) the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for the prior four consecutive quarters to Consolidated interest expense for the prior four consecutive quarters must not be less than 3.50 to 1.00. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at March 30, 2013. Additionally, there were no borrowings under the facility during fiscal year 2013. The credit facility expired on April 19, 2013 and was not renewed.

For additional details see Note 8 — Revolving Line of Credit.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 30, 2013, the Company did not have any material off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

In our business activities, we incur certain commitments to make future payments under contracts such as purchase orders, operating leases and other long-term contracts. Maturities under these contracts are set forth in the following table as of March 30, 2013:

	Payment due by period (in thousands)
	< 1 year		1 – 3 years		3 – 5 years		> 5 years		Total
Facilities leases, net	$	2,862	$	5,114	$	2,751	$	69	$	10,796
Equipment leases		11		7		—		—		18
Wafer purchase commitments		31,010		—		—		—		31,010
Assembly purchase commitments		2,283		—		—		—		2,283
Outside test purchase commitments		1,090		—		—		—		1,090
Other purchase commitments		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	37,256	$	5,121	$	2,751	$	69	$	45,197

Page 32 of 69

Certain of our operating lease obligations include escalation clauses. These escalating payment requirements are reflected in the table.

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks associated with interest rates on our debt securities, currency movements on non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, and the effect of market factors on the value of our marketable equity securities. We assess these risks on a regular basis and have established policies that are designed to protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures. All of the potential changes noted below are based on sensitivity analyses as of March 30, 2013. Actual results may differ materially.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary financial instruments include cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. The Company’s investments are managed by outside professional managers within investment guidelines set by the Company. These guidelines include security type, credit quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments in its investment portfolio. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and the current low interest rate environment, our downside exposure to interest rate risk is minimal.

To provide a meaningful assessment of the interest rate risk associated with our investment portfolio, we performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact a change in interest rates would have on the value of our investment portfolio. At March 30, 2013, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $1.8 million fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 30, 2013, yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2013, or $0.4 million. At March 31, 2012, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $0.6 million fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 31, 2012, yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2012, or $0.5 million. At March 26, 2011, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $1.8 million fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 26, 2011, yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2011, or $0.9 million. For all of these fiscal years, the risks associated with fluctuating interest rates were limited to our annual interest income and not the underlying principal as we generally have the ability to hold debt related investments to maturity. The amounts disclosed in this paragraph are based on a 100 basis point fluctuation in interest rates applied to the average cash balance for that fiscal year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our revenue and spending is transacted primarily in U.S. dollars; however, in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we entered into routine transactions in other currencies to fund the operating needs of our design, technical support, and sales offices outside of the U.S. As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, a ten percent change in the value of the related currencies would not have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. During fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we did not enter into any foreign currency hedging contracts.

In addition to the direct effects of changes in exchange rates on the value of open exchange contracts, we may, from time to time, have changes in exchange rates that can also affect the volume of sales or the foreign currency sales prices of our products and the relative costs of operations based overseas.

Page 33 of 69

ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	35
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012	37
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011	38
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 30, 2013, March  31, 2012 and March 26, 2011	39
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March  30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011	40
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	41

Page 34 of 69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the Company) as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 30, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cirrus Logic, Inc. at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 30, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 29, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

May 29, 2013

Page 35 of 69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Cirrus Logic, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 30, 2013 of Cirrus Logic, Inc. and our report dated May 29, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

May 29, 2013

Page 36 of 69

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	66,402		$	65,997
Marketable securities		105,235			115,877
Accounts receivable, net		69,289			44,153
Inventories		119,300			55,915
Deferred tax assets		64,937			53,137
Other current assets		19,371			16,508
Total current assets		444,534			351,587
Long-term marketable securities		64,910			2,914
Property and equipment, net		100,623			66,978
Goodwill and intangibles, net		10,677			24,268
Deferred tax assets		16,671			89,071
Software license agreement		8,060			—
Other assets		5,872			9,644
Total assets	$	651,347		$	544,462
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	60,827		$	38,108
Accrued salaries and benefits		16,592			13,634
Deferred income		4,956			7,228
Supplier agreement		—			5,000
Other accrued liabilities		10,704			9,015
Total current liabilities		93,079			72,985
Long-term liabilities		10,094			5,620
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred Stock, 5.0 million shares authorized but unissued		—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 280,000 shares authorized, 63,291 shares and 64,394 shares issued and outstanding at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively		63			64
Additional paid-in capital		1,041,771			1,008,164
Accumulated deficit		(492,741	)		(541,609	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(919	)		(762	)
Total stockholders’ equity		548,174			465,857
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	651,347		$	544,462

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 37 of 69

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Net sales	$	809,786		$	426,843		$	369,571
Cost of sales		414,595			196,402			167,576
Gross margin		395,191			230,441			201,995
Operating expenses
Research and development		114,071			85,697			63,934
Selling, general and administrative		76,998			65,208			58,734
Patent agreement, net		—			—			(4,000	)
Restructuring and other, net		3,292			—			—
Total operating expenses		194,361			150,905			118,668
Income from operations		200,830			79,536			83,327
Interest income, net		440			517			860
Other income (expense), net		(80	)		(70	)		27
Income before income taxes		201,190			79,983			84,214
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		64,592			(8,000	)		(119,289	)
Net income		136,598			87,983			203,503
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities		(157	)		(8	)		(105	)
Comprehensive income	$	136,441		$	87,975		$	203,398
Basic earnings per share	$	2.12		$	1.35		$	3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00		$	1.29		$	2.82
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		64,580			64,934			67,857
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		68,454			68,063			72,103

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 38 of 69

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	136,598		$	87,983		$	203,503
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		13,562			9,972			8,145
Stock compensation expense		21,495			12,178			8,141
Deferred income taxes		60,600			(10,154	)		(120,045	)
(Gain) loss on retirement or write-off of long-lived assets		—			23			(24	)
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options		(106	)		—			—
Other non-cash charges		4,792			—			—
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net		(25,232	)		(5,055	)		(15,135	)
Inventories		(67,606	)		(15,418	)		(5,101	)
Other assets		134			(9,783	)		(1,158	)
Accounts payable		22,423			10,469			7,299
Accrued salaries and benefits		3,260			1,232			2,440
Deferred income		(2,272	)		384			356
Income taxes payable		263			(130	)		(80	)
Other accrued liabilities		(7,087	)		1,494			(1,401	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		160,824			83,195			86,940
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of available for sale marketable securities		127,336			181,282			202,753
Purchases of available for sale marketable securities		(178,847	)		(127,852	)		(255,426	)
Purchases of property, equipment and software		(52,902	)		(35,948	)		(20,060	)
Proceeds from sale of assets		22,220			—			—
Investments in technology		(3,009	)		(6,604	)		(1,527	)
Decrease in restricted investments		—			5,786			69
Decrease (increase) in deposits and other assets		402			1,773			(58	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(84,800	)		18,437			(74,249	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(86,059	)		(76,782	)		(22,766	)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs		12,008			4,108			31,005
Repurchase of stock to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations		(1,674	)		—			—
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options		106			—			—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(75,619	)		(72,674	)		8,239
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		405			28,958			20,930
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		65,997			37,039			16,109
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	66,402		$	65,997		$	37,039
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash payments during the year for:
Income taxes	$	5,125		$	2,268		$	784

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 39 of 69

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

												Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
							Additional Paid-In Capital
	Common Stock								Accumulated Deficit
	Shares			Amount											Total
Balance, March 27, 2010		65,653		$	66		$	952,737	$	(733,553	)	$	(649	)	$	218,601
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income		—			—			—		203,503			—			203,503
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities		—			—			—		—			(105	)		(105	)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other		4,770			5			31,000		—			—			31,005
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(1,759	)		(2	)		—		(22,764	)		—			(22,766	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			8,141		—			—			8,141
Balance, March 26, 2011		68,664			69			991,878		(552,814	)		(754	)		438,379
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income		—			—			—		87,983			—			87,983
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities		—			—			—		—			(8	)		(8	)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other		642			—			4,108		—			—			4,108
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(4,912	)		(5	)		—		(76,778	)		—			(76,783	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			12,178		—			—			12,178
Balance, March 31, 2012		64,394			64			1,008,164		(541,609	)		(762	)		465,857
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income		—			—			—		136,598			—			136,598
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities		—			—			—		—			(157	)		(157	)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other		2,025			2			12,006		—			—			12,008
Repurchase and retirement of common stock		(3,128	)		(3	)		—		(87,730	)		—			(87,733	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			21,495		—			—			21,495
Stock compensation expense		—			—			106		—			—			106
Balance, March 30, 2013		63,291			63			1,041,771		(492,741	)		(919	)		548,174

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 40 of 69

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business

Description of Business

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-precision, analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of consumer and industrial markets. Building on our diverse analog mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products for consumer and professional audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial applications including energy control, energy management, light emitting diode (“LED”) and energy exploration.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989, and were reincorporated in the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, and administration functions is located in Austin, Texas. In addition, we have sales locations internationally and throughout the United States. Specifically, we serve customers from international sales offices in Europe and Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. Our common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

Basis of Presentation

We prepare financial statements on a 52-or 53-week year that ends on the last Saturday in March. Fiscal years 2011 and 2013 were 52-week years, whereas fiscal year 2012 was a 53-week year.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s presentation of financial information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of management estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at fiscal year-end and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Government Treasury and Agency instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate this designation as of each balance sheet date. We classify these securities as either held-to-maturity, trading, or available-for-sale. As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, all marketable securities and restricted

Page 41 of 69

investments were classified as available-for-sale securities. The Company classifies its investments as “available for sale” because it expects to possibly sell some securities prior to maturity. The Company’s investments are subject to market risk, primarily interest rate and credit risk. The Company’s investments are managed by an outside professional manager within investment guidelines set by the Company. Such guidelines include security type, credit quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities. The fair value of investments is determined using observable or quoted market prices for those securities.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses, declines in value judged to be other than temporary, and interest on available-for-sale securities are included in net income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

We use the lower of cost or market method to value our inventories, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis. One of the factors we consistently evaluate in the application of this method is the extent to which products are accepted into the marketplace. By policy, we evaluate market acceptance based on known business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted customer unit demand for our products over a specific future period, or demand horizon, to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting period.

On a quarterly and annual basis, we analyze inventories on a part-by-part basis. Inventory quantities on hand in excess of forecasted demand are considered to have reduced market value and, therefore, the cost basis is adjusted to the lower of cost or market. Typically, market values for excess or obsolete inventories are considered to be zero. Product life cycles and the competitive nature of the industry are factors considered in the estimation of customer unit demand at the end of each quarterly accounting period.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Work in process	$	34,169	$	30,921
Finished goods		85,131		24,994
	$	119,300	$	55,915

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, net of depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from three to 39 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life. Furniture, fixtures, machinery, and equipment are all depreciated over a useful life of three to 10 years, while buildings are depreciated over a period of up to 39 years. In general, our capitalized software is amortized over a useful life of three years, with capitalized enterprise resource planning software being amortized over a useful life of 10 years. Gains or losses related to retirements or dispositions of fixed assets are recognized in the period incurred.

Page 42 of 69

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012
Land	$	23,778		$	14,059
Buildings		38,257			8,351
Furniture and fixtures		9,677			4,320
Leasehold improvements		1,091			6,765
Machinery and equipment		51,080			37,481
Capitalized software		24,671			23,459
Construction in progress		2,528			28,497
Total property, plant and equipment		151,082			122,932
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(50,459	)		(55,954	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623		$	66,978

The increase in the land and buildings balances in fiscal year 2013 was primarily attributable to the construction of the new headquarters facility, which was placed in service during fiscal year 2013, and the purchase of surrounding properties during fiscal year 2013. Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant, and equipment for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $10.2 million, $6.3 million, and $4.8 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangibles, net

Intangible assets include purchased technology licenses and patents that are reported at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from one to ten years. Acquired intangibles include existing technology, core technology or patents, license agreements, trademarks, covenants not-to-compete and customer agreements. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from four to fifteen years.

Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: (i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy and the semiconductor industry, or (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the evaluations. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analysis, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period. There are no impairments of goodwill or intangibles in 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Long-Lived Assets

We test for impairment losses on long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amounts. We measure any impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. We estimate fair value based on discounted future cash flows, quoted market prices, or independent appraisals.

Page 43 of 69

Foreign Currency Translation

All of our international subsidiaries have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The local currency financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from remeasurement are included in other income (expense), net. Revenue and expenses from our international subsidiaries are remeasured using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. For all periods presented, our foreign currency remeasurement expense was not significant.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to material concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities, long-term marketable securities, and trade accounts receivable. We are exposed to credit risk to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. By policy, our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities are subject to certain nationally recognized credit standards, issuer concentrations, sovereign risk, and marketability or liquidity considerations.

In evaluating our trade receivables, we perform credit evaluations of our major customers’ financial condition and monitor closely all of our receivables to limit our financial exposure by limiting the length of time and amount of credit extended. In certain situations, we may require payment in advance or utilize letters of credit to reduce credit risk. By policy, we establish a reserve for trade accounts receivable based on the type of business in which a customer is engaged, the length of time a trade account receivable is outstanding, and other knowledge that we may possess relating to the probability that a trade receivable is at risk for non-payment.

For fiscal year 2013, we had three contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial, Hongfujin Precision and Protek, who represented 21 percent, 36 percent, and 16 percent of our consolidated gross accounts receivable, respectively. In fiscal year 2012, we had two contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial and Hongfujin Precision, who represented 28 percent and 14 percent, respectively, of our consolidated gross accounts receivable. No other distributor or customer had receivable balances that represented more than 10 percent of consolidated gross accounts receivable as of the end of fiscal year 2013 or 2012.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, we consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design. These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from a distributor, or through a third party manufacturer contracted to produce their end product. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 89 percent, 74 percent, and 62 percent of our sales, respectively. For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 82 percent, 62 percent, and 47 percent of the Company’s total sales, respectively. Further, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc., that represented 15 percent, and 24 percent of our sales for fiscal years 2012, and 2011, respectively. No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, or 2011.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and stock rotation. As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable. Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment.

Page 44 of 69

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net within the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory. Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

Warranty Expense

We warrant our products and maintain a provision for warranty repair or replacement of shipped products. The accrual represents management’s estimate of probable returns. Our estimate is based on an analysis of our overall sales volume and historical claims experience, and the sales volume and historical claims experience at our largest customer, Apple, Inc. The estimate is re-evaluated periodically for accuracy.

Shipping Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $1.5 million, $1.8 million, and $1.3 million, in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized as an expense, on a ratable basis, over the vesting period, which is generally between zero and four years. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to develop estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options. The Company calculates the grant-date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The use of valuation models requires the Company to make estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and forfeiture rates. The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units is the market value at grant date multiplied by the number of units.

Income Taxes

We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. The Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and circumstances, including projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover attributes on a quarterly basis. We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding its realization. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, expirations of statutes of limitation, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result.

Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation,

Page 45 of 69

it could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made. We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is based on the weighted effect of common shares issued and outstanding and is calculated by dividing net income by the basic weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net income per share calculation, plus the equivalent number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding. These potentially dilutive items consist primarily of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following table details the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income	$	136,598	$	87,983	$	203,503
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding		64,580		64,934		67,857
Effect of dilutive securities		3,874		3,129		4,246
Weighted average diluted shares		68,454		68,063		72,103
Basic earnings per share	$	2.12	$	1.35	$	3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00	$	1.29	$	2.82

The weighted outstanding options excluded from our diluted calculation for the years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, were 453,000, 1,052,000, and 615,000, respectively, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price during the period.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments from prior years when we had subsidiaries whose functional currency was not the U.S. Dollar, as well as unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. See Note 16 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss for additional discussion.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350) — Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. With the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived assets, other than goodwill, are impaired. If, after the assessment, an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to assess further. If an entity concludes otherwise, the fair value determination and quantitative impairment test is required, in accordance with Subtopic 350-30. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) — Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. With the amendments in this update, an entity is required to “report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be

Page 46 of 69

reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.” The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We began complying with this ASU, as defined, in fiscal year 2013 and the adoption of this ASU currently does not, and is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

3. Marketable Securities

The Company’s investments that have original maturities greater than 90 days have been classified as available-for-sale securities in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Marketable securities are categorized on the consolidated balance sheet as marketable securities, as appropriate.

The following table is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

As of March 30, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	94,798	$	2	$	(133	)	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,380		4		(3	)		34,381
Agency discount notes		1,027		—		—			1,027
Commercial paper		40,089		9		(28	)		40,070
Total securities	$	170,294	$	15	$	(164	)	$	170,145

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $164 thousand relates to 43 different securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $124.1 million at March 30, 2013. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 30, 2013. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 30, 2013.

As of March 31, 2012	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	48,011	$	33	$	(19	)	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,264		1		(4	)		30,261
Agency discount notes		16,789		8		(1	)		16,796
Commercial paper		23,719		5		(15	)		23,709
Total securities	$	118,783	$	47	$	(39	)	$	118,791

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $39 thousand relates to 37 different securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $72.6 million at March 31, 2012. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 31, 2012.

The cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments by contractual maturity were as follows:

	March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair  Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair  Value
Within 1 year	$	105,290	$	105,235	$	115,871	$	115,876
After 1 year		65,004		64,910		2,912		2,915
Total	$	170,294	$	170,145	$	118,783	$	118,791

Page 47 of 69

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has determined that the only assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial statements that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are the Company’s investment portfolio assets. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

¡ Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

¡ Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

¡ Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s investment portfolio assets consist of corporate debt securities, money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and commercial paper, and are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet under the headings cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities. The Company determines the fair value of its investment portfolio assets by obtaining non-binding market prices from its third-party portfolio managers on the last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1 inputs) or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2 inputs) in determining fair value.

As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the Company classified all investment portfolio assets as Level 1 or Level 2 assets. The Company has no Level 3 assets. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 measurements for the years ending March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

The fair value of our financial assets at March 30, 2013, was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices in  Active Markets  for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	54,762	$	—	$	—	$	54,762
Commercial paper		—		1,500		—		1,500
	$	54,762	$	1,500	$	—	$	56,262
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	—	$	94,667	$	—	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,381		—		—		34,381
Agency discount notes		—		1,027		—		1,027
Commercial paper		—		40,070		—		40,070
	$	34,381	$	135,764	$	—	$	170,145

Page 48 of 69

The fair value of our financial assets at March 31, 2012, was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	40,557	$	—	$	—	$	40,557
Commercial paper		—		15,952		—		15,952
Corporate debt securities		—		1,112		—		1,112
	$	40,557	$	17,064	$	—	$	57,621
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	—	$	48,025	$	—	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,261		—		—		30,261
Agency discount notes		—		16,796		—		16,796
Commercial paper		—		23,709		—		23,709
	$	30,261	$	88,530	$	—	$	118,791

5. Accounts Receivable, net

The following are the components of accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012
Gross accounts receivable	$	69,590		$	44,524
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(301	)		(371	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	69,289		$	44,153

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance, March 27, 2010	$	(488	)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		67
Balance, March 26, 2011		(421	)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		50
Balance, March 31, 2012		(371	)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		70
Balance, March 30, 2013		(301	)

6. Goodwill and Intangibles, net

The goodwill balance included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption “Goodwill and intangibles, net” is $6.0 million at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

Page 49 of 69

The following information details the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our intangible assets (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013					March 31, 2012
Intangible Category (Weighted-Average Amortization period (years))	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Core technology (a)	$	1,390	$	(1,390	)	$	1,390	$	(1,390	)
License agreement (a)		440		(440	)		440		(440	)
Existing technology (10.1)		5,566		(3,802	)		17,235		(7,318	)
Trademarks (a)(b)		320		(320	)		2,758		(320	)
Non-compete agreements (b)		—		—			398		(258	)
Customer relationships (b)		—		—			4,682		(1,515	)
Technology licenses (3.2)		16,303		(13,417	)		14,187		(11,608	)
Total	$	24,019	$	(19,369	)	$	41,090	$	(22,849	)

(a) Intangible assets are fully amortized.

(b) Intangible assets existing at March 31, 2012 were fully or partially removed as part of the asset sale discussed in Note 7.

Amortization expense for all intangibles in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $3.4 million, $3.7 million, and $3.3 million, respectively. The following table details the estimated aggregate amortization expense for all intangibles owned as of March 30, 2013, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years (in thousands):

For the year ended March 29, 2014	$	2,602
For the year ended March 28, 2015	$	1,809
For the year ended March 26, 2016	$	218
For the year ended March 25, 2017	$	21
For the year ended March 31, 2018	$	—

7.    Asset Sale

The Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets associated with Apex Precision Power (“Apex”) products in Tucson, Arizona for $26.1 million. On August 17, 2012, the Company closed the transaction under this agreement. After closing the transaction, the Company maintained a high voltage / high power IC design team in Tucson. See Note 9 for information regarding the subsequent closure and relocation of the Tucson design center. The Company received $22.2 million in cash and has recorded a long-term note receivable for $3.9 million to be paid in its entirety by August 17, 2014. The gain recorded on the sale was $0.2 million and is included on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income under the caption, “Restructuring and other, net”.

8.    Revolving Line of Credit

The Company maintained a revolving credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and issuing lender, Barclays Bank, as syndication agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as joint lead arrangers and co-book managers. The aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility was $100 million with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit and was intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The interest rate payable was, at the Company’s election, (i) a base rate plus the applicable margin, where the base rate is determined by reference to the highest of 1) the prime rate publicly announced by the administrative agent, 2) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, and 3) LIBOR for a one month period plus the difference between the applicable margin for LIBOR rate loans and the applicable margin for base rate loans, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin that varies according to the leverage ratio of the

Page 50 of 69

borrower. Certain representations and warranties were required under the Credit Agreement, and the Company must have been in compliance with specified financial covenants, including (i) the requirement that the Company maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not greater than 1.75 to 1.0, computed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) a minimum ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 3.50 to 1.0. At March 30, 2013, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

At March 30, 2013, the Company had no outstanding amounts under the facility. Additionally, there were no borrowings under the facility during fiscal year 2013. The credit facility expired on April 19, 2013 and was not renewed.

9.    Restructuring Costs

On November 6, 2012, the Company committed to a plan to close its Tucson, Arizona design center and move those operations, including development efforts related to motor control technology, to the Company’s headquarters in Austin, Texas. This restructuring eliminated approximately 25 employees in Tucson, Arizona, or 4% of the Company’s total workforce, as well as relocated to Austin, Texas approximately 20 positions, which are primarily research and development positions. As of December 29, 2012, the closure was materially completed.

The Company incurred a one-time charge for relocation, severance-related items and facility-related costs to operating expenses totaling $3.5 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013. This charge, along with asset sale activities described in Note 7, are presented as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in operating expenses under the caption “Restructuring and other, net,” which was and will be paid through calendar year 2015. The charge included $1.1 million in relocation and related costs and $2.4 million in facility related costs and other related charges.

Of the $3.5 million expense incurred, approximately $2.0 million has been paid, and consisted of severance and relocation-related costs of approximately $0.9 million, an asset impairment charge of approximately $1.0 million, and facility-related costs of approximately $0.1 million. As of March 30, 2013, we have a remaining restructuring accrual of $1.5 million, included in “Other accrued liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet.

10.    Employee Benefit Plans

We have a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all of our qualifying domestic employees. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to contribute any percentage of their annual compensation up to the annual IRS limitations. We match 50 percent of the first 6 percent of the employees’ annual contribution to the plan. We made matching employee contributions of $1.5 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 million during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

11.    Equity Compensation

The Company is currently granting equity awards from the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which was approved by stockholders in July 2006. The Plan provides for granting of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, phantom stock awards, and bonus stock awards, or any combination of the foregoing. To date, the Company has granted stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units under the Plan. Stock options generally vest between zero and four years, and are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant. Generally, restricted stock awards are subject to vesting schedules up to four years. Restricted stock units are generally subject to vesting from one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant.

Page 51 of 69

The following table summarizes the activity in total shares available for grant (in thousands):

	Shares Available  for Grant
Balance, March 27, 2010		9,930
Plans terminated		(300	)
Granted		(1,927	)
Forfeited		472
Balance, March 26, 2011		8,175
Plans terminated		(34	)
Granted		(2,049	)
Forfeited		165
Balance, March 31, 2012		6,257
Plans terminated		—
Granted		(1,600	)
Forfeited		468
Balance, March 30, 2013		5,125

Stock Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation on cost of goods sold, research and development, sales, general and administrative, pre-tax income, and net income after taxes for options granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Cost of sales	$	751		$	398	$	243
Research and development		10,549			5,590		2,641
Sales, general and administrative		10,195			6,190		5,257
Effect on pre-tax income		21,495			12,178		8,141
Income Tax Benefit		(106	)		—		—
Total share-based compensation expense (net of taxes)		21,389			12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on basic earnings per share	$	0.33		$	0.19	$	0.12
Share-based compensation effects on diluted earnings per share		0.32			0.18		0.11
Share-based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow		21,389			12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on financing activities cash flow		106			—		—

The total share based compensation expense included in the table above and which is attributable to restricted stock awards and restricted stock units was $16.3 million, $6.3 million, and $1.1 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

As of March 30, 2013, there was $39.7 million of compensation costs related to non-vested stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans not yet recognized in the Company’s financial statements. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.96 years for stock options, 1.27 years for restricted stock awards, and 1.57 years for restricted stock units.

Page 52 of 69

Stock Option Awards

We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using a dividend yield of zero and the following additional assumptions:

	Year Ended
	March 30, 2013(a)			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Expected stock price volatility		63.42	%		59.25 - 66.11	%		52.03 - 67.11	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.31	%		0.27 - 1.43	%		1.19 - 2.06	%
Expected term (in years)		2.46			2.32 - 3.82			3.83 - 4.34

(a) Actual assumptions at time of share issuance used.

The Black-Scholes valuation calculation requires us to estimate key assumptions such as stock price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based upon implied volatility from traded options on our stock in the marketplace. The expected term of options granted is derived from an analysis of historical exercises and remaining contractual life of stock options, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate reflects the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period that is commensurate with the expected term assumption. Finally, we have never paid cash dividends, do not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus have assumed a zero percent dividend yield.

Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted average estimated fair values of employee stock options granted in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, were $20.43, $7.58, and $9.61, respectively.

During fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011, we received a net $12.0 million, $4.1 million, and $31.0 million, respectively, from the exercise of 1.7 million, 0.6 million and 4.7 million, respectively, stock options granted under the Company’s stock Plan.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011, was $48.6 million, $7.6 million, and $50.4 million, respectively. Intrinsic value represents the difference between the market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the strike price of the stock option.

As of March 30, 2013, approximately 9.4 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the stock option Plan.

Page 53 of 69

Additional information with respect to stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Outstanding Options
	Number		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance, March 27, 2010		10,379	$	6.74
Options granted		977		16.75
Options exercised		(4,718)		6.57
Options forfeited		(153)		5.90
Options expired		(304)		23.68
Balance, March 26, 2011		6,181	$	7.63
Options granted		450		15.63
Options exercised		(593)		6.88
Options forfeited		(67)		7.70
Options expired		(67)		15.68
Balance, March 31, 2012		5,904	$	8.23
Options granted		264		37.22
Options exercised		(1,746)		6.88
Options forfeited		(144)		12.52
Options expired		—		20.25
Balance, March 30, 2013		4,278	$	10.42

Additional information with regards to outstanding options that are vesting, expected to vest, or exercisable as of March 30, 2013 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Number of Options		Weighted Average Exercise price		Weighted Average Remaining  Contractual Term (years)		Aggregate Intrinsic  Value
Vested and expected to vest		4,196	$	10.15		6.07	$	56,376
Exercisable		3,217	$	7.76		5.51	$	48,228

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, stock options outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future option forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized. Options with a fair value of $4.8 million, $6.3 million, and $6.0 million, became vested during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Page 54 of 69

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable options as of March 30, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number		Weighted  Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average  Exercise Price		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$2.59 - $5.25		764		4.78	$	5.05		754	$	5.05
$5.49 - $5.53		58		6.39		5.50		44		5.50
$5.55 - $5.55		1,217		6.48		5.55		961		5.55
$5.66 - $7.87		891		4.10		7.05		873		7.05
$8.06 - $16.25		874		7.72		15.18		434		14.90
$16.28 - $38.99		474		8.11		29.79		151		19.60
		4,278		6.11	$	10.42		3,217	$	7.76

As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the number of options exercisable was 3.2 million and 3.8 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”) to select employees. The grant date for these awards is equal to the measurement date and the awards are valued as of the measurement date and amortized over the requisite vesting period, which is no more than four years. Each full value award, including RSA’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the Plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSA granted. As of March 30, 2013, approximately 0.1 million shares attributable to RSA awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan. A summary of the activity for RSA’s in fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011 is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)		Aggregate Intrinsic value(1)
March 27, 2010		49		$	6.20
Granted		5			17.28
Vested		(7	)		7.35		134
Forfeited		(2	)		7.35
March 26, 2011		45			7.21
Granted		49			15.31
Vested		(54	)		14.57		826
Forfeited		—			—
March 31, 2012		40			7.19
Granted		27			28.24
Vested		(62	)		15.45		1,657
Forfeited		—			—
March 30, 2013		5		$	17.28

(1) Represents the value of Cirrus stock on the date that the restricted stock vested.

The weighted average remaining recognition period for RSA’s outstanding as of March 30, 2013 was 1.27 years. RSA’s with a fair value of $951 thousand, $637 thousand, and $37 thousand became vested during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Page 55 of 69

Restricted Stock Units

Commencing in fiscal year 2011, the Company began granting restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) to select employees. These awards are valued as of the grant date and amortized over the requisite vesting period. Generally, RSU’s vest 100 percent on the first to third anniversary of the grant date depending on the vesting specifications. Each full value award, including RSU’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the 2006 option plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSU granted. As of March 30, 2013, approximately 3.2 million shares attributable to RSU awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which includes the additional shares associated with this full value award multiplier. A summary of the activity for RSU’s in fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011 is presented below (in thousands, except year and per share amounts):

	Shares			Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted  Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)
March 27, 2010		—		$	—
Granted		628			16.41
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		(8	)		16.25
March 26, 2011		620			16.41		2.54
Granted		1,017			16.59
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		(21	)		16.04
March 31, 2012		1,616			16.52		1.94
Granted		864			37.26
Vested		(193	)		20.56
Forfeited		(216	)		21.46
March 30, 2013		2,071		$	23.66		1.57

Additional information with regards to outstanding restricted stock units that are vesting or expected to vest as of March 30, 2013, is as follows (in thousands, except year and per share amounts):

	Shares		Weighted Average Fair Value		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)
Vested and expected to vest		1,888	$	23.66		1.53

RSU’s outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized. RSU’s with a fair value of $3.8 million became vested during fiscal year 2013. No RSU’s became vested during fiscal year 2012 or 2011. In fiscal year 2013, the Company required employees with vested RSU’s the option to cash settle or net settle, removing the option to sell all. As a result, the Company repurchases a portion of the shares at fair value, and uses the cash on behalf of the employee to satisfy the tax withholding requirements. In fiscal year 2013, the vesting of RSU’s reduced the authorized and unissued share balance by approximately 0.2 million, while the net released, outstanding share balance increased by approximately 0.1 million shares and resulted in the $1.7 million payment and subsequent retirement of these shares out of the Plan.

12.    Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities and Equipment Under Operating Lease Agreements

With the exception of our corporate headquarters and select surrounding properties, we lease our facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements, some of which have renewal options. Certain of these arrangements provide for lease payment increases based upon future fair market rates. As of May 1, 2013, our principal facilities are located in Austin, Texas.

Page 56 of 69

The Company closed operations in Tucson, Arizona during fiscal year 2013, which included 28,000 square feet of leased office space which was primarily occupied by engineering personnel. The term of this lease extends through May 2015.

The aggregate minimum future rental commitments under all operating leases, net of sublease income, for the following fiscal years are (in thousands):

	Facilities		Subleases		Net Facilities Commitments		Equipment Commitments		Total Commitments
2014	$	2,974	$	112	$	2,862	$	11	$	2,873
2015		2,919		76		2,843		5		2,848
2016		2,271		—		2,271		2		2,273
2017		2,208		—		2,208		0		2,208
2018		543		—		543		—		543
Thereafter		69		—		69		—		69
Total minimum lease payment	$	10,984	$	188	$	10,796	$	18	$	10,814

Total rent expense was approximately $3.2 million, $4.7 million, and $4.6 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Sublease rental income was $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $1.1 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Wafer, Assembly and Test Purchase Commitments

We rely primarily on third-party foundries for our wafer manufacturing needs. As of March 30, 2013, we had agreements with multiple foundries for the manufacture of wafers. On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a $10 million Capacity Investment and Loading Agreement with STATS ChipPAC Ltd (Supplier Agreement) in order to secure assembly and test capacity for certain products. An initial $5 million payment was made on January 24, 2012, with the remaining $5 million paid July 2, 2012, after certain capacity expansion commitments had been achieved by STATS ChipPAC. This liability was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, under the caption “Supplier Agreement”. As part of the agreement, we are eligible to receive rebates on our purchases up to the full amount of the specified $10 million in the Supplier Agreement upon our meeting certain purchase volume milestones. Based on our current projections, we expect to receive the full amount of our $10 million payments back in rebates during the term of the agreement. We have utilized $4.3 million during fiscal year 2013 related to the agreement. Other than the previously mentioned agreement, our foundry agreements do not have volume purchase commitments or “take or pay” clauses and provide for purchase commitments based on purchase orders. Cancellation fees or other charges may apply and are generally dependent upon whether wafers have been started or the stage of the manufacturing process at which the notice of cancellation is given. As of March 30, 2013, we had foundry commitments of $31.0 million.

In addition to our wafer supply arrangements, we contract with third-party assembly vendors to package the wafer die into finished products. Assembly vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry. We had non-cancelable assembly purchase orders with numerous vendors totaling $2.3 million at March 30, 2013.

Test vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry. Our total non-cancelable commitment for outside test services as of March 30, 2013 was $1.1 million.

Other open purchase orders as of March 30, 2013 are insignificant in nature.

13.     Legal Matters

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business activities. We regularly evaluate the status of legal proceedings in which we are involved, to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred and determine if accruals are appropriate. We further evaluate each legal proceeding to assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made, if accruals are not appropriate. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the allegations made in the legal cases described below.

Page 57 of 69

For the cases described below, management is unable to provide a meaningful estimate of the possible loss or range of possible loss because, among other reasons, (i) the proceedings are in various stages; (ii) damages have not been sought or specified; (iii) damages are unsupported and/or exaggerated; (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions; (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved; and/or (vi) there are novel legal issues or unsettled legal theories to be presented or a large number of parties. For these cases, however, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, the ultimate resolutions of these various proceedings and matters are inherently difficult to predict; as such, our operating results could be materially affected by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

On June 4, 2012, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC (the “Plaintiff”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and two other defendants in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas. The Plaintiff alleges that Cirrus Logic infringed four U.S. patents relating to Ethernet technology. In its complaint, the Plaintiff indicated that it is seeking unspecified monetary damages, including up to treble damages for willful infringement. We answered the complaint on June 29, 2012, denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed. On September 21, 2012, the Plaintiff amended its complaint to allege that we infringed on a fifth patent related to similar technology. We answered the amended complaint on October 8, 2012, again denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed.

On February 4, 2013, a purported shareholder filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and two of the Company’s executives (the “Securities Case”). Koplyay v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. Civil Action No. 13-CV-0790. The complaint alleges that the defendants violated the federal securities laws by making materially false and misleading statements regarding our business results between July 31, 2012, and October 31, 2012, and seeks unspecified damages along with plaintiff’s costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. A second complaint was filed on April 13, 2013, by a different purported shareholder, in the same court, setting forth substantially the same allegations. On April 19, 2013, the court appointed the plaintiff and counsel in the first class action complaint as the lead plaintiff and lead counsel. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on May 1, 2013, including substantially the same allegations as the original complaint.

On April 13, 2013, another purported shareholder filed a shareholder derivative complaint against several of our current officers and directors in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, 53^rd Judicial District (the “Derivative Case”). Graham, derivatively on behalf of Cirrus Logic, Inc. v. Rhode, et. al., Cause No. D-1-GN-13-001285. In this complaint, the plaintiff makes allegations similar to those presented in the Securities Case, but the plaintiff asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment. The Company is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought.

14.     Patent Agreement, Net

On July 13, 2010, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of certain Company owned patents. As a result of this agreement, on August 31, 2010, the Company received cash consideration of $4.0 million from the purchaser. The proceeds were recorded during fiscal year 2011 as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are reflected as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in operating expenses under the caption “Patent agreement, net.”

15.     Stockholders’ Equity

Share Repurchase Program

On November 4, 2010, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized an $80 million share repurchase program. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had repurchased 5.1 million shares at a cost of $79.5 million, or an average cost of $15.51 per share. During the third quarter of the current fiscal year, the Company completed this stock repurchase program and repurchased the remaining outstanding shares in

Page 58 of 69

conjunction with the new share repurchase program, announced below. There are no outstanding remaining available repurchase obligations under this plan. All repurchased common stock shares were retired.

On November 20, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company repurchased 3.0 million shares of its common stock for $86.1 million (including the remaining $0.5 million available under the 2010 plan discussed above) during fiscal year 2013, at an average cost of $28.59 per share, leaving approximately $114.4 million available for repurchase under this plan as of March 30, 2013. All of these shares were repurchased in the open market and were funded from existing cash. All shares of our common stock that were repurchased were retired as of March 30, 2013.

Preferred Stock

We have 5.0 million shares of Preferred Stock authorized. As of March 30, 2013 we have not issued any of the authorized shares.

16.     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. The foreign currency translation adjustments are not currently adjusted for income taxes because they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries that have since changed from a foreign functional currency to a U.S dollar functional currency.

The following table summarizes the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (in thousands):

	Foreign Currency			Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities			Total
Balance, March 26, 2011	$	(770	)	$	16		$	(754	)
Current period activity		—			(8	)		(8	)
Balance, March 31, 2012		(770	)		8			(762	)
Current period activity		—			(157	)		(157	)
Balance, March 30, 2013	$	(770	)	$	(149	)	$	(919	)

17.    Income Taxes

Income before income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
United States	$	200,124	$	79,425	$	83,569
Non-U.S.		1,066		558		645
	$	201,190	$	79,983	$	84,214

Page 59 of 69

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Current:
Federal	$	3,537		$	1,322		$	163
State		323			518			312
Non-U.S.		243			261			204
Total current tax provision	$	4,103		$	2,101		$	679
Deferred:
U.S.		60,506			(10,102	)		(120,057	)
Non-U.S.		(17	)		1			89
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		60,489			(10,101	)		(119,968	)
Total tax provision (benefit)	$	64,592		$	(8,000	)	$	(119,289	)

The effective income tax rates differ from the rates computed by applying the statutory federal rate to pretax income as follows (in percentages):

	Year Ended
	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012			March 26, 2011
Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate		35.0			35.0			35.0
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income taxes		(1.3	)		(46.7	)		(178.6	)
Foreign taxes at different rates		(0.1	)		—			0.1
R&D credit		(2.1	)		—			—
Stock compensation		0.1			1.0			(0.1	)
Nondeductible expenses		0.3			0.1			1.1
Other		0.2			0.6			0.9
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		32.1			(10.0	)		(141.6	)

Page 60 of 69

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 20121 are (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013			March 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation	$	12,065		$	3,240
Accrued expenses and allowances		5,077			3,656
Net operating loss carryforwards		28,162			105,220
Research and development tax credit carryforwards		37,054			36,032
State tax credit carryforwards		237			244
Capitalized research and development		6,601			9,779
Other		21,505			18,747
Total deferred tax assets	$	110,701		$	176,918
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(23,232	)		(29,075	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	87,469		$	147,843
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	5,238		$	287
Acquisition intangibles		623			5,348
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	5,861		$	5,635
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608		$	142,208

These net deferred tax assets have been categorized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012 as follows:

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	64,937	$	53,137
Long-term deferred tax assets		16,671		89,071
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608	$	142,208

The current and long-term deferred tax assets are disclosed separately under their respective captions on the consolidated balance sheets.

The valuation allowance decreased by $5.8 million in fiscal year 2013 and $39.3 million in fiscal year 2012. During fiscal year 2013, the valuation allowance that the Company had maintained on its capital loss carryforward was released due to the capital gain income generated by the sale of assets associated with the Company’s Apex products. The Company maintained its valuation allowance on various state net operating losses and credits due to the likelihood that they will expire or go unutilized because the Company no longer has a significant apportionment in the jurisdiction in which the attribute was created. The decrease in the fiscal year 2012 allowance was the result of a release of the valuation allowance on Federal net operating losses, research credits and other Federal deductions due to an expectation that forecasted income as of the end of fiscal year 2012 would be sufficient to utilize these deferred tax assets. With regard to the remaining deferred tax assets, Management believes that the Company’s results from future operations will generate sufficient taxable income such that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

At March 30, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $177.1 million. Of that amount, $20.9 million related to companies we acquired during fiscal year 2002 and are, therefore, subject to certain limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Because the Company has elected the “with and without” method for purposes of tracking its excess stock deductions, the amount of federal net operating loss

Page 61 of 69

included in deferred tax assets is $56.8 million, which yields a tax effected deferred tax asset of $19.9 million. The Company had $120.3 million of excess stock deductions which are not included in deferred tax assets. The tax benefit from these deductions will increase additional paid-in capital when they are deemed realized under the “with and without” method. We had net operating losses in various states that total $101.6 million. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2019 through 2033. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2014 through 2029. We also have non-U.S. net operating losses of $2.0 million, which do not expire.

There are federal research and development credit carryforwards of $22.5 million that expire in fiscal years 2014 through 2033. There are $14.5 million of state research and development credits. Of that amount, $2.8 million will expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2027. The remaining $11.7 million of state research and development credits are not subject to expiration. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Act”) was enacted on January 2, 2013. The Act retroactively reinstates the federal research and development credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013. As a result of the retroactive extension of the R&D credit, we recognized a $4.2 million benefit to tax expense during fiscal year 2013, a portion of which related to qualified research expenditures that were incurred during the last quarter of fiscal year 2012.

We have approximately $228 thousand of cumulative undistributed earnings in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings because the Company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in operations outside the U.S. The unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings is approximately $81 thousand.

We record unrecognized tax benefits for the estimated risk associated with tax positions taken on tax returns. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2012	$	—
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—
Settlements		—
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitation		—
Balance at March 30, 2013	$	—

The Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease during the next 12 months.

We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes. We did not record any interest or penalties during fiscal year 2013 or 2012.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. Fiscal years 2010 through 2013 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

18.     Segment Information

We determine our operating segments in accordance with FASB guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker under these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment, but reports revenue performance in two product lines, which currently are audio and energy. Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial information to assess financial performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product line level. Additionally, our product lines have similar characteristics and customers. They share operations support functions such as sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development and engineering support, in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal,

Page 62 of 69

finance and information technology. Therefore, there is no complete, discrete financial information maintained for these product lines. Revenue from our product lines are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Audio Products	$	754,769	$	350,743	$	264,840
Energy Products		55,017		76,100		104,731
	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

Geographic Area

The following illustrates sales by geographic locations based on the sales office location (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
United States	$	38,670	$	50,230	$	66,701
United Kingdom		19,211		23,927		27,398
China		700,051		294,143		205,775
Hong Kong		8,590		8,671		9,216
Japan		9,299		15,196		16,902
South Korea		8,975		9,781		12,413
Taiwan		11,694		10,662		13,073
Other Asia		10,387		13,063		16,012
Other non-U.S. countries		2,909		1,170		2,081
Total consolidated sales	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

The following illustrates property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations, based on physical location (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
United States	$	100,343	$	66,530
United Kingdom		23		20
China		137		158
Hong Kong		5		3
Japan		25		167
South Korea		6		6
Taiwan		70		83
Other Asia		14		11
Total consolidated property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

19.     Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following quarterly results have been derived from our audited annual consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this quarterly information. This information should be read along with the financial statements and related notes. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

Page 63 of 69

The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each quarter of fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year 2013
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Net sales	$	99,006	$	193,774	$	310,133	$	206,873
Gross margin		53,440		100,087		158,050		83,614
Net income		6,927		35,449		67,862		26,360
Basic income per share	$	0.11	$	0.55	$	1.04	$	0.41
Diluted income per share		0.10		0.51		0.99		0.39

	Fiscal Year 2012
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
								(1)
Net sales	$	92,242	$	101,602	$	122,368	$	110,631
Gross margin		47,709		54,355		66,030		62,347
Net income		9,178		11,247		16,731		50,827
Basic income per share	$	0.14	$	0.17	$	0.26	$	0.79
Diluted income per share		0.13		0.17		0.25		0.75

(1) The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Page 64 of 69

ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Commission. Based upon the evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 30, 2013 at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report based on the framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 30, 2013, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, included in Item 8 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 30, 2013, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART III

ITEM 10.  Directors , Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information set forth in the proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 30, 2013 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the headings Corporate Governance — Board Meetings and Committees, Corporate Governance — Audit Committee, Proposals to be Voted on — Proposal No. 1 — Election of Directors, Summary of Executive Compensation, and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by reference.

Page 65 of 69

ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Director Compensation Arrangements, Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, and Proposals to be Voted on — Proposal No. 3 — Advisory Vote to Approve Named Executive Officer Compensation and Proposal No. 4 — Approval of Executive Section 162(m) Plan are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Equity Compensation Plan Information and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate Governance is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Services and Proposal No. 2 - Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

¡ Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

¡ Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012.

¡ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011.

¡ Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011.

¡ Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011.

¡ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of or incorporated by reference into this Report:

3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 26, 1998. (1)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (2)
10.1+	Cirrus Logic, Inc. 1996 Stock Plan, as amended and restated as of December 4, 2007. (3)
10.2+	2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (4)

Page 66 of 69

10.3+	Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (5)
10.4+	Form of Stock Option Agreement for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (13)
10.5+	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (5)
10.6+	Form of Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (6)
10.7+	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (7)
10.8+	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (13)
10.9+	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (13)
10.10+	2007 Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan, effective as of October 1, 2007. (8)
10.11*	2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan, as amended on May 28, 2013.
10.12	Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant, dated November 10, 2000, for 197,000 square feet located at 2901 Via Fortuna, Austin, Texas. (1)
10.13	Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated November 10, 2000. (10)
10.14	Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated November 10, 2000. (4)
10.15	Amendment No. 3 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated November 10, 2000. (11)
10.16	The Revised Stipulation of Settlement dated March 10, 2009 (12)
10.17	Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and Registrant dated March 24, 2010. (14)
10.18	First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and Registrant dated May 14, 2010. (14)
10.19	Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and Registrant dated June 7, 2010. (15)
10.20	General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 25, 2011. (16)
10.21	Amendment to General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 12, 2012. (17)
10.22	Amendment to General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 23, 2012. (18)
10.23	Credit Agreement dated April 19, 2012 among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers, and the lenders referred to therein. (19)
14.1*	Code of Conduct
23.1*	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1*	Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*#	Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2*#	Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS*#	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB*#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed with this Form 10-K.

# Not considered to be “filed” for the purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.

(1) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2001 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(2) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 30, 2012.

Page 67 of 69

(3) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 30, 2008.

(4) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2003, filed with the SEC on June 13, 2003 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(5) Incorporated by reference from Registration’s Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on August 1, 2006 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(6) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007.

(7) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2007.

(8) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 3, 2007.

(9) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2008, filed with the SEC on May 29, 2008 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(10) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2002, filed with the SEC on June 19, 2002 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(11) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2006, filed with the SEC on May 25, 2006 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(12) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2009.

(13) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2010.

(14) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2010, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2010 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(15) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 20, 2010.

(16) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 27, 2011.

(17) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 26, 2012.

(18) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on May 30, 2012 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(19) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2012.

Page 68 of 69

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized.

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.
By:	/S/ THURMAN K. CASE
	Thurman K. Case
	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
	May 29, 2013

KNOW BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thurman K. Case, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of the attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the Registrant, in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this report below:

Signature	Title	Date
/S/ JASON P. RHODE Jason P. Rhode	President and Chief Executive Officer	May 29, 2013
/S/ THURMAN K. CASE Thurman K. Case	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer	May 29, 2013
/S/ JOHN C. CARTER John C. Carter	Director	May 29, 2013
/S/ TIMOTHY R. DEHNE Timothy R. Dehne	Director	May 29, 2013
/S/ WILLIAM D. SHERMAN William D. Sherman	Director	May 29, 2013
/S/ ALAN R. SCHUELE Alan R. Schuele	Director	May 29, 2013
/S/ SUSAN WANG Susan Wang	Director	May 29, 2013

Page 69 of 69

Exhibit Index

The following exhibits are filed or furnished as part of this Report:

Number	Description
10.11	2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan, as amended on May 28, 2013.
14.1	Code of Conduct dated April 23, 2013.
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

2007 MANAGEMENT AND KEY INDIVIDUAL CONTRIBUTOR INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective September 30, 2007

(as amended on February 15, 2008, and May 28, 2013)

1. Purpose.

The purposes of the Cirrus Logic, Inc. Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) are to (1) provide Participants with incentives to improve the Company’s financial performance through the achievement of semi-annual goals relating to the Company’s Operating Profit Margin, Revenue Growth, or other performance criteria and (2) attract, retain, motivate and reward the Company’s management team and key individual contributors.

2. Definitions.

As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “162(m) Award” means a conditional right to receive periodic cash incentive compensation intended to be “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code which is granted under the Incentive Plan to an Employee designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee.

(B) “Base Salary” means an Employee’s annual rate of base salary, exclusive of bonuses, incentive pay, commissions, and all other forms of compensation. Base Salary for a given Plan Cycle shall be calculated based on Participants’ Base Salary in effect on the last day of a Plan Cycle.

(C) “Board” means the Board of Directors of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

(D) “Change in Control” means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any person, entity or group or persons acting in concert; (ii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (iii) consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or parent) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(E) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(F) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(G) “Company” means Cirrus Logic, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective successors.

(H) “Continuously Employed” means the Employee’s continuous and uninterrupted full-time employment with the Company.

(I) “Covered Employee” means an Employee who is a “Covered Employee” as specified in Section 7(H).

(J) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in accordance with the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan.

(K) “Effective Date” means September 30, 2007.

(L) “Eligible Participant” means any Employee who is in a management or leadership position in the Company or who is a key individual contributor whose efforts potentially have a material impact on the Company’s performance.

(M) “Employee” means a natural person who is employed by the Company and who is treated as an employee by the Company for tax purposes.

(N) “Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentage” means the multiplier derived from the formula set forth by the Committee before a Plan Cycle for determining the pay-out percentage based on the Company’s Operating Profit Margin and Revenue Growth. The Committee shall review and update the Operating Profit Margin and Revenue Growth performance goals and the associated Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentages applicable to a Plan Cycle prior to the commencement of such Plan Cycle.

(O) “Individual Incentive Payment” means the amount calculated for each Participant in Section 5 for each Plan Cycle and any 162(m) Award.

(P) “Individual Performance Multiplier” means a performance multiplier of between 0% and 120% to be determined based on a Participant’s achievement of individual performance goals (“MBOs”) set for each Participant pursuant to Section 3(C).

(Q) “Operating Profit Margin” will be measured as the Company’s consolidated GAAP operating income (revenue minus cost of goods sold (COGS) minus research and development (R&D) minus selling, general and administrative (SG&A), excluding Incentive Plan and VCP accruals, if any, and any Non-Recurring Items) as a percentage of revenue. The Company’s GAAP operating income shall be determined based on the Company’s financial results as approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on a Form 10Q or Form 10K.

2

(R) “Non-Recurring Items” include any unusual or infrequent accounting items included in GAAP operating profits such as:

(i) gains on sales of assets not otherwise included in revenue;

(ii) losses on sales of assets, restructuring charges, merger-related costs including amortization or impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets, asset write-offs, write-downs, and impairments whether or not included in COGS, SG&A or R&D expenses;

(iii) the events or occurences listed in Section 7(B); and

(iv) except with respect to any 162(m) Award, such other items as the Committee may determine at its sole discretion.

The Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, whether to include or exclude any or all of the above described Non-Recurring Items as part of Operating Profit Margin.

(S) “Participant” means any Eligible Participant designated by the Committee to participate in the Incentive Plan for a Plan Cycle.

(T) “Plan Administration Committee” means the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Vice President of Human Resources.

(U) “Plan Cycle” means a period on or after the Effective Date beginning on the first day of the Company’s first fiscal quarter and ending on the last day of the Company’s second fiscal quarter, or the period beginning on the first day of the Company’s third fiscal quarter and ending on the last day of the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter.

(V) “Revenue Growth” means the Company’s year-over-year revenue growth based on the Company’s GAAP revenue for a given Plan Cycle over the Company’s GAAP revenue for the corresponding period from the prior fiscal year. The Company’s GAAP revenue shall be determined based on the Company’s financial results as approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K. For purposes of calculating Revenue Growth, the Committee shall exclude any non-recurring revenue as calculated by the Committee for purposes of determining the Operating Profit Margin. To preserve the intended incentives and benefits of the Incentive Plan, the Committee may adjust the Revenue Growth calculation to reflect any material corporate transaction (such as a reorganization, combination, separation, merger, acquisition, or any combination of the foregoing), or any complete or partial liquidation of the Company (or any material portion of the Company).

(W) “Target Incentive Amount” means, for each Participant, the product of (i) the Participant’s Base Salary times (ii) the Participant’s Target Incentive Factor.

3

(X) “Target Incentive Factor” means the applicable target award percentage for a Participant as set forth in Schedule A to this Incentive Plan.

(Y) “VCP” means the Company’s Variable Compensation Plan, or any similar plan intended to compensate Employees based on the Company’s financial performance.

3. Administration of the Incentive Plan.

(A) Administration. The Incentive Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

(B) Powers of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Incentive Plan and to the specific duties, if any, delegated by the Board, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to construe and interpret the terms of the Incentive Plan, to designate the Participants in the Incentive Plan, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Incentive Plan. The Committee may delegate to the Plan Administration Committee the determination of the Participants in the Plan and the Target Incentive Amount for anyone other than Covered Employees and executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(C) Individual Performance Multipliers. In determining an Individual Incentive Payment, the Committee may include an Individual Performance Multiplier for any Participant that reflects a Participant’s achievement of MBOs during a Plan Cycle. If included, the Committee will set the MBOs for a Plan Cycle. For all Participants other than Covered Employees and executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Committee may delegate to the Plan Administration Committee the setting of MBOs for individual Participants. The specific MBOs must be established while the performance relating to the MBOs remains substantially uncertain with respect to achievement of such MBOs during a Plan Cycle. MBOs may vary based on the Company’s strategic initiatives and the responsibilities of each Participant.

(D) Effect of Committee’s Decisions. The Committee’s decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Participants.

4. Eligibility.

Except as set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below, Participants must be Continuously Employed by the Company during a Plan Cycle to receive an Individual Incentive Payment. Participants who become employed during a Plan Cycle and remain Continuously Employed by the Company from the date of their employment through the remainder of the Plan Cycle will receive a pro-rata Individual Incentive Payment based upon the number of calendar days during a Plan Cycle that the Participant was an Employee. Subject to Section 7 below, a Participant’s Target Incentive Factor for a Plan Cycle will be based on the Target Incentive Factor for the Participant determined as of the last day of the Plan Cycle.

4

5. Determination of Payments.

The Individual Incentive Payment to each Participant for each Plan Cycle shall be calculated by multiplying the Participant’s Target Incentive Amount by the Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentage for that Plan Cycle. At its discretion and to the extent consistent with Section 7 in regard to any Covered Employee, the Committee or Plan Administration Committee may further include an Individual Performance Multiplier in the determination of Individual Incentive Payments during any Plan Cycle. In no event shall any Individual Incentive Payment exceed 250% of a Participant’s Target Incentive Amount and in no event will a Participant receive Individual Incentive Payments in any fiscal year in excess of $2,000,000.

6. Payout Schedule.

(A) Payout Timing. Individual Incentive Payments shall be paid in a cash lump sum to each Participant as soon as is reasonably practicable after the public disclosure of the Company’s financial results through the filing of a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the relevant Plan Cycle; provided, however, that with respect to each Participant (or his or her estate, as applicable) who, pursuant to Section 8(A) below, is eligible to receive an Individual Incentive Payment for a given Plan Cycle without being Continuously Employed on the date such Individual Incentive Payment is paid, then:

(i) With respect to an Individual Incentive Payment for a Plan Cycle composed of the Company’s first and second fiscal quarters, such Individual Incentive Payment shall be paid on or before the 15th day of the third month following the later of (a) the last day of the calendar year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability, or (b) the last day of the Company’s taxable year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability; and

(ii) With respect to an Individual Incentive Payment for a Plan Cycle composed of the Company’s third and fourth fiscal quarters, such Individual Incentive Payment shall be paid in the calendar year during which such Plan Cycle ends, but no later than on or before the 15th day of the third month following the later of (a) the last day of the calendar year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability, or (b) the last day of the Company’s taxable year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability.

(B) Continuous Status. Notwithstanding anything in the Incentive Plan to the contrary, except as provided in Section 8(A) below in the case of death or Disability, a Participant must be Continuously Employed between the last day of a Plan Cycle and on the date the Individual Incentive Payment is paid in order to receive an Individual Incentive Payment for a given Plan Cycle. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Employment with the Company terminates between the last day of a Plan Cycle and on the date the Individual Incentive Payment is paid for any reason other than death or Disability, any unpaid portion of the Participant’s Individual Incentive Payment shall be forfeited.

5

(C) Withholding. Any amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to applicable tax and other payroll withholding in accordance with the Company’s policies and programs and applicable law.

7. Awards to Covered Employees.

(A) Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees. If the Committee determines that an award to be granted to an Employee who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, such award shall be a 162(m) Award subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7, notwithstanding any contrary term otherwise provided in this Incentive Plan; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7 shall be interpreted as preventing the Committee from granting awards to Covered Employees that are not intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. 162(m) Awards may be granted with respect to a Plan Cycle, a calendar or fiscal year, or any other performance period designated by the Committee.

(B) Performance Goals Generally. The performance goals for 162(m) Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria or individual performance criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 7(B). Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulation §1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain” at the time the Committee actually establishes the performance goal or goals. The Committee may determine that 162(m) Awards shall be granted and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to the payment of such 162(m) Awards. Performance goals may differ for 162(m) Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants. In establishing or adjusting a performance goal, the Committee may exclude the impact of any of the following events or occurrences which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded: (i) any amounts accrued by the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to management bonus plans or cash profit sharing plans and related employer payroll taxes for the fiscal year; (ii) any discretionary or matching contributions made to a savings and deferred profit-sharing plan or deferred compensation plan for the fiscal year; (iii) asset write-downs; (iv) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements; (v) the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or regulations affecting reported results; (vi) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; (vii) any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring items as described in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (viii) any change in accounting principle

6

as defined in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 250, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (ix) any loss from a discontinued operation as described in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (x) goodwill impairment charges; (xi) operating results for any business acquired during a specified calendar year; (xii) third party expenses associated with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary; (xiii) items that the Board has determined do not represent core operations of the Company, specifically including, but not limited to, interest expenses, taxes, depreciation and amortization charges; (xiv) marked-to-market adjustments for financial instruments; (xv) impairment to assets; and (xvi) any other extraordinary events or occurrences identified by the Committee, including, but not limited to, such items described in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations or the financial statements and notes thereto appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year.

(C) Business Criteria. One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries or business or geographical units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for 162(m) Awards: (i) stock price, (ii) earnings per share (diluted or basic), (iii) operating income, (iv) return on equity or assets, (v) cash flow, (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), (vii) adjusted EBITDA, (viii) overall revenue or sales growth, (ix) expense reduction or management, (x) market share, (xi) total shareholder return, (xii) return on investment, (xiii) earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), (xiv) net income, (xv) return on net assets, (xvi) economic value added, (xvii) shareholder value added, (xviii) cash flow return on investment, (xix) net operating profit, (xx) net operating profit after tax, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on invested capital, (xxiii) achievement of savings from business improvement projects, (xxiv) capital project deliverables, (xxv) human resources management targets, including medical cost reductions and time to hire, (xxvi) leverage ratios including debt to equity and debt to total capital; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) new or expanded market penetration; (xxix) satisfactory internal or external audits; (xxx) revenues; (xxxi) Operating Profit Margin; (xxxii) Revenue Growth; and (xxxiii) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Russell 2000 Index or a group of comparable companies.

(D) Individual Performance Criteria. Payment of 162(m) Awards may also be contingent upon individual performance goals established by the Committee, including individual business objectives and criteria specific to an individual’s position and responsibility with the Company or its subsidiaries. If required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, such criteria shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company.

7

(E) Time for Establishing Performance Goals. Performance goals applicable to 162(m) Awards shall be established not later than the earliest to occur of (i) 90 days after the beginning of the calendar year applicable to such 162(m) Awards, (ii) after 25% of the period of service (as scheduled in good faith at the time the goal is established) related to such 162(m) Award has elapsed, or (iii) at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(F) Payout of Awards. After the end of each applicable calendar year or Plan Cycle, the Committee shall determine the amount of any 162(m) Award payable to each Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a payment otherwise to be made in connection with a 162(m) Award, and/or adjust the amount of a payment otherwise to be made in connection therewith to reflect the events or occurrences set forth in Section 7(B), but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount in the case of any 162(m) Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. For purposes of clarity, in the event that an adjustment made solely pursuant to Section 7(B) above results in the increase of a payment under a 162(m) Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will not be deemed to have made an impermissible increase to the amount payable pursuant to that 162(m) Award. In addition to the provisions of Section 8(A), the Committee may specify the circumstances in which such a 162(m) Award shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by an Employee prior to the end of the applicable calendar year or payment of such Award; provided, that, with respect to Awards intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall not take any action in this regard that would cause any such 162(m) Award to fail to so qualify.

(G) Written Determinations. All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any 162(m) Award, and the achievement of performance goals relating to and final payment of 162(m) Awards shall be made in writing in the case of any 162(m) Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such 162(m) Awards.

(H) Status of Awards under Section 162(m) of the Code. It is the intent of the Company that 162(m) Awards granted to Employees who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulation §1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of this Section 7, including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used herein, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Employee will be a Covered

8

Employee with respect to a calendar year that has not yet been completed, the term “Covered Employee” as used herein shall mean only an Employee designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of an award, who is likely to be a “covered employee” (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code, Treasury Regulation §1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) with respect to that calendar year. If any provision of this Incentive Plan as in effect on the date of adoption of any agreements relating to awards that are designated as intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(A) Death or Disability. In the event of a Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant or his or her estate (as applicable) will receive a pro rata Individual Incentive Payment, based upon the Company’s performance during a Plan Cycle and the number of calendar days completed in the current Plan Cycle at the time of the death or Disability.

(B) Unsecured Creditor. It is understood and agreed that the Company has only a contractual obligation to make payments of Individual Incentive Payments under this Incentive Plan and that such payments are to be satisfied out of general corporate funds that are subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

(C) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Incentive Plan will be assumed or comparably replaced by the Company’s successor. If the successor fails or refuses to assume or comparably replace the Incentive Plan, each Participant will receive a pro rata Individual Incentive Payment, based upon the number of calendar days completed in the current Plan Cycle multiplied by an Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentage of 100%. Any such payment shall be a lump sum cash payment made within ten (10) days of a Change in Control; provided, however, that with respect to each Participant (or his or her estate, as applicable) who, pursuant to Section 8(A) above, is eligible to receive an Individual Incentive Payment for a given Plan Cycle without being Continuously Employed on the date such Individual Incentive Payment is paid, such Individual Incentive Payment shall be paid on or before the 15th day of the third month following the later of (a) the last day of the calendar year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability, or (b) the last day of the Company’s taxable year in which such Participant died or incurred a Disability.

(D) Reclassification. In the event that an Employee who is a Participant is reclassified or demoted to a position which would not then qualify such individual as a Participant, the Employee will nevertheless remain eligible to participate in the current Plan Cycle, provided that he or she remains in Continuous Employment. The Employee shall be ineligible, however, to participate in any new Plan Cycle, unless the Committee determines otherwise in its sole discretion.

9

(E) Section 409A of the Code. Each Individual Incentive Payment under this Incentive Plan is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the exception for short-term deferrals (within the meaning of the Treasury regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code), and the Incentive Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(F) Right to Offset. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver amounts under any Individual Incentive Payment any outstanding amounts of whatever nature that the Participant then owes to the Company.

9. Limitations.

Neither the Incentive Plan nor any Individual Incentive Payment shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s employment relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment at any time, with or without cause.

10. Amendment and Termination.

The Committee shall have the power to amend, suspend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment or termination shall adversely impair a Participant’s rights with respect to any Plan Cycle that has already commenced.

11. Governing Law.

The Program shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, and not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

12. No Right of Assignment.

No Participant shall have any right to assign, alienate, or otherwise transfer his or her rights, if any, under the Incentive Plan. Any purported assignment, alienation or transfer by a Participant of his or her rights under the Incentive Plan shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect.

10

Schedule A

TARGET INCENTIVE FACTORS FOR EACH PLAN CYCLE

Level	Target Incentive Factor
CEO	50%
Direct Reports to the CEO at the Vice President Level and above	25%
Other Management and Key Individual Contributors*	5 – 25%

* As determined by the Plan Administrative Committee.

EX-14.1

Exhibit 14.1

Corporate Code of Conduct

of

Cirrus Logic, Inc.

June 3, 2004

(as amended on

April 23, 2013)

Table of Contents

I.	Ethics and Compliance	1
II.	Confidential Information	2
III.	Conflicts of Interest and Corporate Opportunities	3
IV.	Fair Dealing	4
V.	Government Investigations	4
VI.	Insider Information	4
VII.	Customer, Supplier and Competitor Relations	5
VIII.	Export Controls	8
IX.	Public Company Reporting	8
X.	Record Management	8
XI.	Recording Transactions	9
XII.	Use and Protection of Company Assets	9
XIII.	Delegation of Authority	10
XIV.	Monitoring and Enforcement	10
XV.	Reporting Violations	10
XVI.	Corrective Actions	11
XVII.	Amendment, Modification, Waiver and Termination of Provisions of the Code	11

-i-

CORPORATE CODE OF CONDUCT

I. ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“we” or the “Company”) is committed to promoting integrity, honesty and professionalism, and maintaining the highest standards of ethical conduct in all of the Company’s activities. The Company’s business success is dependent on our reputation for integrity and fairness. Therefore, it is essential that the highest standards of conduct and professional integrity be observed in all contacts made by our directors and employees with our customers, creditors, stockholders, suppliers, governmental officials, fellow employees and members of the general public. In this regard, we have established this written set of policies dealing with the rules and policies of conduct to be used in conducting the business affairs of the Company.

This document does not cover all Company policies or all laws. Please refer to the Company’s intranet for additional policies adopted by the Company. In addition, if a local law conflicts with a policy in this Code, then you must comply with the law; if a local custom or practice conflicts with this Code, then you must comply with this Code. If your line of business or region has a policy or practice that conflicts with this Code, then you must comply with this Code. If your line of business or region has policies or practices that require more of you than is required by the Code or if local law requires more, then you must follow the stricter policy, practice or law. Think of this Code as a baseline, or a minimum requirement, which must always be followed. The only time you can go below the baseline is if a law absolutely requires you to do so or if the Company’s Board of Directors or the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board has approved the exception in writing.

No set of policy guidelines can anticipate all situations that the Company’s employees or directors may encounter. When faced with a business decision with ethical implications, you as an employee or director should ask yourself the following questions:

• Would my actions inspire trust?

• Are my actions legal? If legal, are they also ethical? Are my actions fair and honest in every respect?

• Can I defend this action with a clear conscience before my supervisor, fellow employees and the general public?

• Would my supervisor act this way? Would it be helpful to ask my supervisor about this matter before I act?

• Would I want my actions reported in the newspaper?

When in doubt, you are encouraged to seek guidance and express any concerns you may have regarding this Code. Questions regarding these rules and policies should be directed to the Company’s General Counsel. Any concerns or possible violations of these rules and policies should be promptly reported by contacting Ethicspoint, an independent reporting system provider, by phone at 1-866-384-4277 (1-866-ETHICSP), or through its website at www.ethicspoint.com.

-1-

Violations of the rules and policies of conduct set forth in this Code will result in corrective action up to and including termination of employment.

II. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Information on the Company’s activities, strategies and business data is proprietary. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to the Company’s competitors, or harmful to the Company or the Company’s customers, if disclosed. We believe that our confidential proprietary information and data are important corporate assets in the operation of our business and prohibit the use or disclosure of this information, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. You must be careful not to disclose confidential information to unauthorized persons, either inside or outside the Company, and you must exercise care to protect the confidentiality of information received from any other party.

To protect this information, it is Company policy that:

• Confidential information of the Company should be disclosed within the Company only on a need-to-know basis.

• Confidential information of the Company should be disclosed outside the Company only when required by law or when necessary to further the Company’s business activities and in accordance with the Company’s disclosure guidelines. Any disclosure of confidential information outside the Company must be pursuant to an approved Non-Disclosure Agreement.

Concerns with respect to confidential information may arise in the securities area as well. See the Company’s Policy on Insider Trading and Confidentiality that is accessible on the Company’s intranet. If you believe you have a legal obligation to disclose confidential information, you should consult the Legal Department prior to doing so.

Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Proprietary Information

Protection of the Company’s intellectual property, including its trade secrets, pending patent information, scientific and technical knowledge, know-how and the experience developed in the course of the Company’s activities, is essential to maintaining our competitive advantage. This information should be protected by all Company personnel and should not be disclosed to outsiders.

Much of the information we develop in research, production, marketing, sales, legal and finance is original in nature and its protection is essential to our continued success. This information should be safeguarded. Proprietary/confidential information and trade secrets may consist of any formula, pattern, device or compilation of information maintained in secrecy that is used in business, and that gives the business an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know about it or use it. This information should be protected by all Company employees and not disclosed to outsiders. Its loss through inadvertent or improper disclosure could be harmful to the Company.

-2-

No Inadvertent Disclosures

In becoming an employee, you were required to sign an agreement confirming your obligation not to disclose the Company’s proprietary confidential information, both while you are employed and after you leave the Company. The loyalty, integrity and sound judgment of the Company’s employees both on and off the job are essential to the protection of this information.

You should be especially mindful in the use of the telephone, cellular telephone, fax, telex, electronic mail, and other electronic means of storing and transmitting information.

You should take every practicable step to preserve the Company’s confidential information. For example, you should not discuss material information in elevators, hallways, restrooms, restaurants, airplanes, taxicabs, or any place where you can be overheard; not read confidential documents in public places or discard them where they can be retrieved by others; not leave confidential documents in unattended conference rooms; and not leave confidential documents behind when a meeting or conference is over. Also, you should be cautious when conducting conversations on speaker telephones in offices, and of the potential for eavesdropping on conversations conducted on cellular, car or airplane telephones, and other unsecured means of communication.

III. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest interferes, or even appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. As a result, you as an employee or director must avoid any action that may involve, or may appear to involve, a conflict of interest with the Company. If you consider undertaking any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to an actual or apparent conflict or disparity of interest between you and the Company, or in your personal or professional relationship, you must promptly disclose this activity for review by the Legal Department. Immediate disclosure of any potential conflict is the key to remaining in full compliance with this Code.

Examples of Potential Conflicts:

• You take actions or have interests that may make it difficult to perform your work at the Company objectively and effectively.

• You, or a member of your family, receive improper personal benefits as a result of your position in the Company.

• You perform services for, serve as a director, employee or consultant of, or have a substantial interest in, any competitor of the Company.

-3-

• You engage in a transaction with the Company, or work for or own a substantial interest in any organization, doing or seeking to do business with the Company.

• You intend to acquire ownership of, or an interest in, any type of property (such as real estate, patent rights, securities or software) in which the Company has or might reasonably be thought to have an interest.

In addition, you are prohibited from engaging in the following corporate opportunities:

• Taking for yourself personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position.

• Using Company property, information or position for personal gain.

• Competing with the Company.

You owe a duty to the Company to advance the Company’s legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

IV. FAIR DEALING

You should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. You should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.

V. GOVERNMENT INVESTIGATIONS

It is Company policy to fully cooperate with any appropriate government investigation. If you learn about a possible government investigation or inquiry, inform the Legal Department immediately.

The Company prohibits any employee, officer or director from altering, destroying, mutilating or concealing a record, document, or other object, or attempting to do so, with the intent to impair the object’s integrity or availability for use in an official preceding. Furthermore, the Company prohibits any employee or director from otherwise obstructing, influencing or impeding any official proceeding or any attempts to do so.

VI. INSIDER INFORMATION

In the normal course of business, directors, officers and employees of the Company may come into possession of significant, nonpublic information. This kind of information, often referred to as “material, nonpublic” information in the securities laws, is considered the property of the Company that you have been entrusted with. Accordingly, you may not seek to profit from it by buying or selling securities yourself or by passing on the information to others to enable them to profit. This rule applies to trading in Cirrus’ own securities, but it also applies to trading in the securities of other companies if you learn something in the course of your employment or relationship with Cirrus that might affect the value of the other stock. The insider trading rules apply both to buying stock (to make a profit based on good news) and selling stock (to avoid a loss based on bad news).

-4-

Besides your obligation to refrain from trading while in possession of material, nonpublic information, you are also prohibited from “tipping” others. The concept of unlawful tipping includes passing on information to friends or family members under circumstances that suggest that you were trying to help them make a profit or avoid a loss. When tipping occurs, both the “tipper” and the “tippee” may be held liable, and this liability may extend to all those to whom the tippee, in turn, gives the information.

The basic Company policy in the insider trading area is that no trading under any circumstances is permitted by Company personnel while such personnel or members of their households possess material, nonpublic information, as described above. In addition, certain individuals are restricted from trading during restricted trading periods, generally in connection with the Company’s earnings announcements. The policy also includes other prohibitions on trading, including the prohibition against trading in options in the Company’s securities, which are specifically designed to encourage investment in the Company’s stock for the long term, on a buy and hold basis, and to discourage active trading or short-term speculation. For additional information regarding the complete policy, see the Company’s Policy on Insider Trading and Confidentiality, which can be accessed on the Company intranet.

VII. CUSTOMER, SUPPLIER AND COMPETITOR RELATIONS

The Company, its employees, and representatives must treat customers, business allies and suppliers fairly and may not engage in anticompetitive practices that unlawfully restrict the free market economy. In addition, the Company and employees and directors must comply with all U.S. and non-U.S. laws, rules and regulations applicable in the country, state and local jurisdiction where the Company conducts business.

Permissible Payments

The payment of normal discounts and allowances, commissions, fees, sales promotion activity, entertainment, and the extension of services and other customary courtesies in the ordinary course of business is permissible so long as they have been authorized and properly recorded. If a customer, supplier, vendor or government agency has adopted a more stringent policy than the Company’s regarding gifts and gratuities, then you must comply with that more stringent policy when dealing with that person or entity. (See below for a discussion of gifts to government representatives.)

Anti-Bribery

The Company’s objective is to compete in the marketplace on the basis of superior products, services and competitive prices. No payment in any form (whether funds or assets) shall be made directly or indirectly to anyone for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or to obtain any other favorable action. It is imperative that each and every person who does business with the Company understands that we will not, under any circumstances, give or accept bribes or kickbacks. A violation of this policy will subject you to corrective action as well as potential criminal prosecution.

-5-

Gifts

No gift should be accepted from a supplier, vendor or customer unless the gift has insubstantial value and a refusal to accept it would be discourteous or otherwise harmful to the Company. This applies equally to gifts to suppliers or vendors or non-governmental customers. (See below for a discussion of gifts to government representatives.)

Entertainment

Appropriate business entertainment of non-government employees occurring in connection with business discussions or the development of business relationships is generally deemed appropriate in the conduct of official business. This may include business-related meals and trips, refreshments before or after a business meeting, and occasional athletic, theatrical or cultural events. Entertainment in any form that would likely result in a feeling or expectation of personal obligation should not be extended or accepted. This applies equally to giving or receiving entertainment.

Government Representatives

What is acceptable practice in the commercial business environment may be illegal or against the policies of federal, state or local governments. Therefore, no gifts or business entertainment of any kind may be given to any government employee without the prior approval of the Legal Department, except for items of nominal value having the Cirrus Logic logo (i.e., pens, coffee mugs, etc.).

In addition, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value to officials or political parties of foreign governments in order to obtain or retain business or to gain any improper advantage. Any proposed incentive to be given to government personnel to secure an improper advantage is not permitted. In your relations with governmental agencies or customers, the Company and you may not directly or indirectly engage in bribery, kickbacks, payoffs or other corrupt business practices. If you suspect that any payment is being used for improper purposes, you must immediately report the situation to the Legal Department for investigation.

In certain instances, the FCPA does allow what are referred to as “facilitating payments.” Typically, these are nominal payments given to relatively low-ranking government personnel to hasten the inspection of goods or the performance of other basic administrative tasks. Nonetheless, the Company strongly discourages these payments, and in any case, the payment must also be consistent with applicable laws of the host country. If you are faced with or anticipate a situation that may involve a facilitating payment, contact the Legal Department before taking any action.

The FCPA also prohibits knowingly falsifying the Company’s books and records or knowingly circumventing or failing to implement accounting controls.

-6-

Third-Party Agents

The Company’s business may involve the use of agents, consultants, brokers or representatives in connection with its dealings with governmental entities, departments, officials and employees. These arrangements may not be employed to do anything prohibited by this Code. The commissions or fees payable to a third party must be reasonable in amount for the services rendered in accordance with local business practices.

Antitrust Matters

Antitrust laws are intended to protect and promote free and fair competition. These laws apply to all U.S. and some non-U.S. transactions by businesses in the United States. Therefore, you should not exchange information with competitors regarding prices or market share and should refrain from exchanging other information that could be construed as a violation of antitrust laws.

A violation of antitrust laws is a serious offense. In the United States, it is not uncommon for individuals to be criminally prosecuted. You should report to the Legal Department any instance in which these discussions are initiated by other companies.

Agreements with Competitors

Formal or informal agreements with competitors that seek to limit or restrict competition in some way are often illegal. Unlawful agreements include those that seek to fix or control prices; allocate products, markets or territories; or boycott certain customers or suppliers. To ensure compliance with antitrust law, discussions with competitors regarding any of these potential agreements is a violation of Company policy and will subject you to corrective action, as well as the potential for criminal prosecution.

Agreements with Customers

Certain understandings between the Company and a customer are also considered anti-competitive and illegal. These include agreements that fix resale prices or that result in discriminatory pricing among customers for the same product. These types of restrictive understandings must not be discussed or agreed to with a customer.

Trade Association Activity

Contact with competitors at trade shows or trade association meetings is unavoidable. However, these contacts are not immune from antitrust law. Consequently, contact with competitors necessitated by these meetings should be as limited as possible and kept strictly to the subjects on the agenda for the meeting. In addition, employee participants in trade associations should consult with the Legal Department regarding any proposed association activity that would have a potential effect on competition, such as the development of product standards or an industry code of practice.

-7-

Boycotts

It is illegal under U.S. anti-boycott regulations to enter into an agreement to refuse to deal with potential or actual customers or suppliers, or otherwise to engage in or support restrictive international trade practices or boycotts. The Company will not agree to a contract, document or oral request containing language that could be interpreted as an attempt by any country to enforce a boycott. Even providing information may constitute a violation of U.S. law, which requires that boycott requests be immediately reported to the government even when a response is not provided, and calls for the imposition of fines and other penalties on U.S. parent companies in cases where their non-U.S. subsidiaries violate U.S. anti-boycott regulations. Therefore, any request for information or receipt of boycott-related documentation must be immediately reported to the Legal Department.

VIII. EXPORT CONTROLS

It is our policy to fully comply with all applicable U.S. export, customs and trade control laws and regulations, licensing requirements, relevant non-U.S. laws and international sanctions. The Company is responsible for customs, export and trade control compliance, and will establish licensing and compliance programs. To the extent feasible, the Company is expected to perform due diligence and know its customer in any business transaction. Any investigation or inquiry by a U.S. governmental organization regarding alleged trade control violations or irregularities should be immediately reported to the Legal Department prior to taking any action. The Legal Department is available to answer any questions regarding customers, export licensing and trade controls and should be consulted as the need arises.

IX. PUBLIC COMPANY REPORTING

As a public company, it is of critical importance that our filings and submissions with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) be accurate and timely. Depending on your position with the Company, you may be called upon to provide necessary information to assure that the Company’s public reports and documents filed with the Commission and in other public communications by the Company are full, fair and understandable. The Company expects you to provide prompt, accurate answers to inquiries related to the Company’s public disclosure requirements.

X. RECORD MANAGEMENT

The Legal Department has company-wide responsibility for developing, administering and coordinating the record management program, and issuing retention guidelines for specific types of documents. Records should be maintained to comply with applicable statutory, regulatory or contractual requirements, as well as pursuant to prudent business practices. The Company prohibits any employee or director from altering, destroying, mutilating or concealing a record, document, or other object, or attempt to do so, with the intent to impair the object’s integrity or availability for use in an official proceeding. You can contact the Legal Department for specific information on the Company’s Document Retention Policy.

-8-

XI. RECORDING TRANSACTIONS

We have established and maintain a high standard of accuracy and completeness in our financial records. These records serve as the basis for managing our business, for measuring and fulfilling its obligations to employees, customers, suppliers and others, and for compliance with tax and financial reporting requirements.

In the preparation and maintenance of records, employees must make and keep books, invoices, records and accounts that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the financial transactions of the Company. These records must comply with generally accepted accounting practices and principles. Accounting entries must be promptly and accurately recorded and properly documented. No accounting entry may intentionally distort or disguise the true nature of any transaction. The Company prohibits the establishment of any undisclosed or unrecorded funds or assets for any purpose.

Each employee must maintain accurate records of transactions, time reports, expense accounts and other company records. You are prohibited from making a representation, either in a document or in oral communication, which is other than fully accurate. The Company has devised, implemented and maintained a system of internal accounting controls that is sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that financial transactions are properly authorized, executed and recorded. You must comply with this system and report any incident that you believe is in violation of the requirements of this system.

See “Reporting Violations” in Section XV below for specific information on reporting violations of this Code, as well as issues regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, harassment or discrimination, or any other issue.

XII. USE AND PROTECTION OF COMPANY ASSETS

Company assets are to be used only for the legitimate business purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries and only by authorized employees or their designees. This includes both tangible and intangible assets.

Some examples of tangible assets include office equipment, such as telephones, copy machines, computers, furniture, supplies and production equipment. Some examples of intangible assets include intellectual property, such as pending patent information, trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information (whether in printed or electronic form).

You are responsible for ensuring that appropriate measures are taken to assure that Company assets are properly protected. In addition, you should take appropriate measures to ensure the efficient use of Company assets, since theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability.

Use of E-mail and the Internet

The use of the Company’s electronic mail (e-mail) system and connection to the Internet should be used primarily for Company business. All employees, officers and directors should use the same care, caution and etiquette in sending e-mail messages as in all other written or oral

-9-

business communications. The Company will not tolerate discriminatory, offensive, defamatory, pornographic and other similar type of messages or materials sent by e-mail or accessed through the Internet. Since the e-mail system and Internet connection are Company resources, the Company reserves the right at any time to monitor and inspect without notice, all electronic communications using these Company resources.

Computer Software

Most computer software is protected by copyrights. The Company’s policy is to respect copyrights and to strictly adhere to all relevant laws and regulations regarding the use and copying of computer software. Therefore, the unauthorized duplication of software, whether or not owned by the Company, is prohibited, even if the duplication is for business purposes, is of limited duration, or is otherwise accepted local practice.

XIII. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

See the Company’s Policy on Transaction Processing and Signature Authority Policy that is accessible on the Company’s intranet.

XIV. MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT

You should take steps to ensure compliance with the standards set forth in this Code in the operations of the Company. If there are instances of non-compliance, employees and directors shall ensure timely and reasonable remediation of any non-compliance, whether found by internal or external monitors, and ensure that adequate steps are taken to prevent the recurrence and/or occurrence in the Company. In instances where the proper and ethical course of action is unclear, you should seek counsel from the Legal Department.

All managerial personnel are responsible for the necessary distribution of this Code to ensure employee knowledge and compliance on a worldwide basis.

XV. REPORTING VIOLATIONS

You are encouraged to submit any concerns or complaints anonymously and/or confidentially regarding violations of this Code, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, harassment, discrimination, or any other issue by contacting Ethicspoint, an independent reporting system provider, by phone at 1-866-384-4277 (1-866-ETHICSP), or through its website at www.ethicspoint.com. The values and responsibilities outlined in this Code are important to the Company and must be taken seriously by all employees. As a result, violations of these values and responsibilities will not be tolerated.

You are encouraged to speak to your supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. You are also encouraged to promptly report information or knowledge of any act in violation of the laws, rules, regulations or this Code, or which you believe to be unethical.

In no event will any action be taken against you for making a complaint or reporting, in good faith, known or suspected violations of Company policy. You will not lose your job for refusing an order you reasonably believe would violate the provisions of this Code, and any retaliation against you is prohibited.

-10-

Any report by an employee or director will be kept confidential to the extent permitted by law and regulation and the Company’s ability to address these concerns. In certain instances, the identity of the reporting employee, officer or director may be provided to those persons involved in the investigation.

XVI. CORRECTIVE ACTION

Violations of the rules and policies of conduct set forth in this Code may result in one or more of the following corrective actions, as appropriate:

• a warning;

• a reprimand (noted in the employee’s personnel record);

• probation;

• demotion;

• temporary suspension;

• required reimbursement of losses or damages;

• termination of employment; and/or

• referral for criminal prosecution or civil action.

Corrective actions may apply to any supervisor who directs or approves any prohibited actions, or has knowledge of them and does not promptly correct them.

As stated above, reporting possible violations of this Code will not result in retaliation against the employee for making this report.

Conduct that violates this Code may also violate federal or state laws or laws outside the United States. These violations may subject you to prosecution, imprisonment and fines. The Company may also be subject to prosecution and fines for your conduct.

XVII. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER AND TERMINATION OF PROVISIONS OF THE CODE

We reserve the right to amend, modify, waive or terminate these rules and policies at any time for any reason.

We will disclose any waivers of this Code made to executive officers or directors of the Company, subject to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder, and the applicable rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Waivers of this Code can only be granted by the Board of Directors or the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors.

-11-

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 033-65495, 333-16417, 333-42693, 333-72573, 333-88345, 333-48490, 333-67322, 333-101119, 333-107808, 333-117741, and 333-136219) pertaining to the following: the Cirrus Logic, Inc. Amended 1996 Stock Plan; the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan; and the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan of our reports dated May 29, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Cirrus Logic, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Cirrus Logic, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

May 29, 2013

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jason P. Rhode, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cirrus Logic, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:     May 29, 2013	Signature:	/s/ Jason P. Rhode
		Jason P. Rhode
		President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Thurman K. Case, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cirrus Logic, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:     May 29, 2013	Signature:	/s/ Thurman K. Case
		Thurman K. Case
		Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the annual report of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended March 30, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jason P. Rhode, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Date: May 29, 2013	/s/ Jason P. Rhode
	Jason P. Rhode
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the annual report of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended March 30, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thurman K. Case, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This Certification has not been, and shall not be deemed, “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Date: May 29, 2013	/s/ Thurman K. Case
	Thurman K. Case
	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and equipment	$ 13,562,000	$ 9,972,000	$ 8,145,000
Impairment of goodwill	0	0	0
Advertising expense	1,500,000	1,800,000	1,300,000
Weighted outstanding options excluded from diluted calculation	453,000	1,052,000	615,000
Maximum [Member]
Intangible assets, useful life	10 years
Acquired intangible assets, useful life	15 years
Share-based compensation, vesting period	4 years
Minimum [Member]
Intangible assets, useful life	1 year
Acquired intangible assets, useful life	4 years
Share-based compensation, vesting period	0 years
Buildings [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful life	39 years
Software [Member]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery And Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful life	10 years
Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery And Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Capitalized Enterprise Resource Planning Software [Member]
Estimated useful life	10 years
Property, Plant And Equipment [Member]
Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and equipment	$ 10,200,000	$ 6,300,000	$ 4,800,000
Property, Plant And Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Estimated useful life	39 years
Property, Plant And Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Futaihua Industrial [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	21.00%	28.00%
Hongfujin Precision [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	36.00%	14.00%
Protek [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	16.00%
Avnet, Inc. [Member] | Sales [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage		15.00%	24.00%
Apple, Inc. [Member] | Sales [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	82.00%	62.00%	47.00%
No Other Distributor [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	10.00%	10.00%
Ten Largest Customers [Member]
Number of customers responsible for sales concentration		10
Ten Largest Customers [Member] | Sales [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	89.00%	74.00%	62.00%
No Other Customer Or Distributor [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Sales [Member]
Concentration risk, percentage	10.00%	10.00%	10.00%

XML

Restructuring Costs (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013 employee
Restructuring Costs [Abstract]
Restructuring and Related Cost, Number of Positions Eliminated	25
Restructuring and Related Cost, Number of Positions Eliminated, Period Percent	4.00%
Restructuring And Related Cost Number Of Positions Relocated	20
Restructuring and other, net	$ 3,292,000
Business Exit Costs	1,100,000
Other Restructuring Costs	2,400,000
Restructuring expense paid	2,000,000
Payments for severance and relocation-related costs	900,000
Asset impairment charge	1,000,000
Facility related costs incurred	100,000
Remaining restructuring accrual	$ 1,500,000

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Changes In the Allowance For Doubtful Accounts) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]
Balance	$ (371)	$ (421)	$ (488)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries	70	50	67
Balance	$ (301)	$ (371)	$ (421)

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Abstract]
Beginning balance, accumulated other comprehensive loss	$ (762)	$ (754)
Beginning balance, foreign currency	(770)	(770)
Ending balance, accumulated other comprehensive loss	(919)	(762)
Ending balance, foreign currency	(770)	(770)
Beginning balance, unrealized gains (losses) on securities	8	16
Ending balance, unrealized gains (losses) on securities	(149)	8
Current-period activity, unrealized gains (losses) on foreign currency	0	0
Current-period activity, unrealized gains (losses) on securities	(157)	(8)
Current-period activity, other comprehensive income	$ (157)	$ (8)

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]
Maximum percentage of contribution match of the first 6% of employees' annual contribution	50.00%
Matching contribution percentage of gross annual contribution amount	6.00%
Employee matching contribution expense	$ 1.5	$ 1.3	$ 1.0

XML

Segment Information (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013 segment
Segment Information [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments	1

XML

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments (Schedule Of Fair Value Of Financial Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Cash Equivalents [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	$ 56,262	$ 57,621
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	54,762	40,557
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	1,500	17,064
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets		1,112
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets		1,112
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Money-Market Funds [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	54,762	40,557
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Money-Market Funds [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	54,762	40,557
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Commercial Paper [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	1,500	15,952
Cash Equivalents [Member] | Commercial Paper [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	1,500	15,952
Available-for-sale Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	170,145	118,791
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	34,381	30,261
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	135,764	88,530
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	94,667	48,025
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	94,667	48,025
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | U.S. Treasury Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	34,381	30,261
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | U.S. Treasury Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices In Active Markets For Identical Assets Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	34,381	30,261
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Agency Discount Notes [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	1,027	16,796
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Agency Discount Notes [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	1,027	16,796
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Commercial Paper [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	40,070	23,709
Available-for-sale Securities [Member] | Commercial Paper [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair value of financial assets	$ 40,070	$ 23,709

XML

Equity Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Equity Compensation [Abstract]

Summary Of Effect Of Stock-Based Compensation On Cost Of Goods Sold

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Cost of sales	$	751	$	398	$	243
Research and development		10,549		5,590		2,641
Sales, general and administrative		10,195		6,190		5,257
Effect on pre-tax income		21,495		12,178		8,141
Income Tax Benefit		(106)		-		-
Total share-based compensation expense (net of taxes)		21,389		12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on basic earnings per share	$	0.33	$	0.19	$	0.12
Share-based compensation effects on diluted earnings per share		0.32		0.18		0.11
Share-based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow		21,389		12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on financing activities cash flow		106		-		-

Summary Of Activity In Total Stock Available for Grant

	Shares
	Available for
	Grant
Balance, March 27, 2010	9,930
Plans terminated	(300)
Granted	(1,927)
Forfeited	472
Balance, March 26, 2011	8,175
Plans terminated	(34)
Granted	(2,049)
Forfeited	165
Balance, March 31, 2012	6,257
Plans terminated	-
Granted	(1,600)
Forfeited	468
Balance, March 30, 2013	5,125

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Stock Option Grants

	Year Ended
		March 30, 2013	(a)	March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Expected stock price volatility		63.42	%	59.25 - 66.11	%	52.03 - 67.11	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.31	%	0.27 - 1.43	%	1.19 - 2.06	%
Expected term (in years)		2.46		2.32 - 3.82		3.83 - 4.34

(a) Actual assumptions at time of share issuance used.

Schedule Of Stock Option Activity

	Outstanding Options
			Weighted
			Average
	Number		Exercise Price
Balance, March 27, 2010	10,379	$	6.74
Options granted	977		16.75
Options exercised	(4,718)		6.57
Options forfeited	(153)		5.90
Options expired	(304)		23.68
Balance, March 26, 2011	6,181	$	7.63
Options granted	450		15.63
Options exercised	(593)		6.88
Options forfeited	(67)		7.70
Options expired	(67)		15.68
Balance, March 31, 2012	5,904	$	8.23
Options granted	264		37.22
Options exercised	(1,746)		6.88
Options forfeited	(144)		12.52
Options expired	-		20.25
Balance, March 30, 2013	4,278	$	10.42

Summary Of Outstanding Options Vesting, Expected To Vest, Or Exercisable

			Weighted	Weighted Average
	Number of		Average	Remaining Contractual		Aggregate
	Options		Exercise price	Term (years)		Intrinsic Value
Vested and expected to vest	4,196	$	10.15	6.07	$	56,376
Exercisable	3,217	$	7.76	5.51	$	48,228

Summary Of Outstanding And Exercisable Options

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted Average
		Remaining	Weighted			Weighted
		Contractual Life	Average Exercise		Number	Average
Range of Exercise Prices	Number	(years)	Price		Exercisable	Exercise Price
$2.59 - $5.25	764	4.78	$	5.05	754	$	5.05
$5.49 - $5.53	58	6.39		5.50	44		5.50
$5.55 - $5.55	1,217	6.48		5.55	961		5.55
$5.66 - $7.87	891	4.10		7.05	873		7.05
$8.06 - $16.25	874	7.72		15.18	434		14.90
$16.28 - $38.99	474	8.11		29.79	151		19.60
	4,278	6.11	$	10.42	3,217	$	7.76

Summary Of Restricted Stock Award Activity

			Weighted
			Average
			Grant Date	Aggregate
	Number of		Fair Value	Intrinsic
	Shares		(per share)	value (1)
March 27, 2010	49	$	6.20
Granted	5		17.28
Vested	(7)		7.35	134
Forfeited	(2)		7.35
March 26, 2011	45		7.21
Granted	49		15.31
Vested	(54)		14.57	826
Forfeited	-		-
March 31, 2012	40		7.19
Granted	27		28.24
Vested	(62)		15.45	1,657
Forfeited	-		-
March 30, 2013	5	$	17.28

(1) Represents the value of Cirrus stock on the date that the restricted stock vested.

Summary Of Restricted Stock Unit Activity

				Weighted Average
			Weighted	Remaining
			Average	Contractual Term
	Shares		Fair Value	(years)
March 27, 2010	-	$	-
Granted	628		16.41
Vested	-		-
Forfeited	(8)		16.25
March 26, 2011	620		16.41	2.54
Granted	1,017		16.59
Vested	-		-
Forfeited	(21)		16.04
March 31, 2012	1,616		16.52	1.94
Granted	864		37.26
Vested	(193)		20.56
Forfeited	(216)		21.46
March 30, 2013	2,071	$	23.66	1.57

Summary Of Restricted Stock Units Vesting Or Expected To Vest

			Weighted	Weighted Average
			Average	Remaining Contractual
	Shares		Fair Value	Term (years)
Vested and expected to vest	1,888	$	23.66	1.53

XML

Segment Information (Schedule Of Segment Revenue From Product Lines) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Product revenue	$ 809,786	$ 426,843	$ 369,571
Audio Products [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Product revenue	754,769	350,743	264,840
Energy Products [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Product revenue	$ 55,017	$ 76,100	$ 104,731

XML

Income Taxes (Summary Of Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Total current tax provision		$ 4,103	$ 2,101	$ 679
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		60,489	(10,101)	(119,968)
Provision for income taxes	39,500	64,592	(8,000)	(119,289)
Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Total current tax provision		3,537	1,322	163
U.S [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		60,506	(10,102)	(120,057)
State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Total current tax provision		323	518	312
Non-U.S [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Total current tax provision		243	261	204
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		$ (17)	$ 1	$ 89

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Activity In Total Stock Available for Grant) (Details) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Equity Compensation [Abstract]
Shares available for grant, beginning balance	6,257	8,175	9,930
Shares available for grant, terminated		(34)	(300)
Shares available for grant, granted	(1,600)	(2,049)	(1,927)
Shares available for grant, forfeited	468	165	472
Shares available for grant, ending balance	5,125	6,257	8,175

XML

Income Taxes (Summary Of Deferred Tax Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Income Taxes [Abstract]
Current deferred tax assets	$ 64,937	$ 53,137
Long-term deferred tax assets	16,671	89,071
Total net deferred tax assets	$ 81,608	$ 142,208

XML

Segment Information (Schedule Of Property, Plant, And Equipment, Net, By Geographic Location) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 100,623	$ 66,978
United States [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	100,343	66,530
United Kingdom [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	23	20
China [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	137	158
Hong Kong [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	5	3
Japan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	25	167
South Korea [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	6	6
Taiwan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	70	83
Other Asia [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 14	$ 11

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013
Income Taxes [Abstract]
Balance	$ 0
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	0
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	0
Settlements	0
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitation	0
Balance	$ 0

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Decrease in valuation allowance		$ 5,800,000	$ 39,300,000
Federal net operating loss carryforwards		177,100,000
Net operating loss included in deferred tax assets	105,220,000	28,162,000	105,220,000
Tax effected deferred tax asset		19,900,000
Excess stock deductions		120,300,000
Undistributed earnings in non-U.S subsidiaries		228,000
Unrecognized deferred tax liability		81,000
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	39,500,000	64,592,000	(8,000,000)	(119,289,000)
Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss included in deferred tax assets		56,800,000
Section 382 Of Internal Revenue Code [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss included in deferred tax assets		20,900,000
Non-U.S [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards		2,000,000
State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards		101,600,000
Maximum [Member] | Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2033
Maximum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2029
Minimum [Member] | Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2019
Minimum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2014
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward		22,500,000
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(4,200,000)
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward		14,500,000
Tax credit carryforward subject to expiration		2,800,000
Tax credit carryforward not subject to expiration		$ 11,700,000
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2033
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | Maximum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2027
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Federal [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2014
Research Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] | Minimum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforward expirations		2022

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) [Abstract]

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

19.      Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following quarterly results have been derived from our audited annual consolidated financial statements.  In the opinion of management, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this quarterly information.  This information should be read along with the financial statements and related notes.  The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. 

The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each quarter of fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year 2013
	1st		2nd		3rd		4th
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Net sales	$	99,006	$	193,774	$	310,133	$	206,873
Gross margin		53,440		100,087		158,050		83,614
Net income		6,927		35,449		67,862		26,360
Basic income per share	$	0.11	$	0.55	$	1.04	$	0.41
Diluted income per share		0.10		0.51		0.99		0.39

	Fiscal Year 2012
	1st		2nd		3rd		4th
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
								(1)
Net sales	$	92,242	$	101,602	$	122,368	$	110,631
Gross margin		47,709		54,355		66,030		62,347
Net income		9,178		11,247		16,731		50,827
Basic income per share	$	0.14	$	0.17	$	0.26	$	0.79
Diluted income per share		0.13		0.17		0.25		0.75

(1) The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

XML

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net (Schedule Of Gross Carrying Amount And Amortization Of Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	$ 24,019		$ 41,090
Accumulated Amortization	(19,369)		(22,849)
Core Technology [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	1,390	[1]	1,390	[1]
Accumulated Amortization	(1,390)	[1]	(1,390)	[1]
License Agreement [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	440	[1]	440	[1]
Accumulated Amortization	(440)	[1]	(440)	[1]
Existing Technology [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	5,566		17,235
Accumulated Amortization	(3,802)		(7,318)
Trademarks [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	320	[1],[2]	2,758	[1],[2]
Accumulated Amortization	(320)	[1],[2]	(320)	[1],[2]
Non-compete Agreements [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount			398	[2]
Accumulated Amortization			(258)	[2]
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount			4,682	[2]
Accumulated Amortization			(1,515)	[2]
Technology Licenses [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	16,303		14,187
Accumulated Amortization	$ (13,417)		$ (11,608)

[1] Intangible assets are fully amortized.

[2] Intangible assets existing at March 31, 2012 were fully or partially removed as part of the asset sale discussed in Note 7.

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Calculation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Sep. 29, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 24, 2011	Jun. 25, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Net income	$ 26,360	$ 67,862	$ 35,449	$ 6,927	$ 50,827	[1]	$ 16,731	$ 11,247	$ 9,178	$ 136,598	$ 87,983	$ 203,503
Weighted average shares outstanding										64,580	64,934	67,857
Effect of dilutive securities										3,874	3,129	4,246
Weighted average diluted shares										68,454	68,063	72,103
Basic earnings per share	$ 0.41	$ 1.04	$ 0.55	$ 0.11	$ 0.79	[1]	$ 0.26	$ 0.17	$ 0.14	$ 2.12	$ 1.35	$ 3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$ 0.39	$ 0.99	$ 0.51	$ 0.10	$ 0.75	[1]	$ 0.25	$ 0.17	$ 0.13	$ 2.00	$ 1.29	$ 2.82

[1] The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

XML

Income Taxes (Significant Components Of Deferred Tax Assets And Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation	$ 12,065	$ 3,240
Accrued expenses and allowances	5,077	3,656
Net operating loss carryforwards	28,162	105,220
Research and development tax credit carryforwards	37,054	36,032
State tax credit carryforwards	237	244
Capitalized research and development	6,601	9,779
Other	21,505	18,747
Total deferred tax assets	110,701	176,918
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	(23,232)	(29,075)
Net deferred tax assets	87,469	147,843
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	5,238	287
Acquisition intangibles	623	5,348
Total deferred tax liabilities	5,861	5,635
Total net deferred tax assets	$ 81,608	$ 142,208

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Segment Information [Abstract]

Schedule Of Segment Revenue From Product Lines

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Audio Products	$	754,769	$	350,743	$	264,840
Energy Products		55,017		76,100		104,731
	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

Schedule Of Sales By Geographic Location Based On The Sales Office Location

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	38,670	$	50,230	$	66,701
United Kingdom		19,211		23,927		27,398
China		700,051		294,143		205,775
Hong Kong		8,590		8,671		9,216
Japan		9,299		15,196		16,902
South Korea		8,975		9,781		12,413
Taiwan		11,694		10,662		13,073
Other Asia		10,387		13,063		16,012
Other non-U.S. countries		2,909		1,170		2,081
Total consolidated sales	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

Schedule Of Property, Plant, And Equipment, Net, By Geographic Location

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
United States	$	100,343	$	66,530
United Kingdom		23		20
China		137		158
Hong Kong		5		3
Japan		25		167
South Korea		6		6
Taiwan		70		83
Other Asia		14		11
Total consolidated property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

XML

Asset Sale (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Aug. 17, 2012
Asset Sale [Abstract]
Disposition Price of Other Productive Assets Sold		$ 26,100,000
Proceeds from Sale of Other Productive Assets	22,220,000
Nontrade Receivables, Noncurrent		3,900,000
Gain on sale of asset	$ 200,000

XML

Legal Matters (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013 item defendant
Legal Matters [Abstract]
Number of U.S.Ethernet Innovations lawsuit co-defendants	2
Number of patents allegedly infringed upon	4

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Outstanding Options Vesting, Expected To Vest, Or Exercisable) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Equity Compensation [Abstract]
Number of Options, Vested and expected to vest	4,196
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Vested and expected to vest	$ 10.15
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, Vested and expected to vest	6 years 26 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Vested and expected to vest	$ 56,376
Number of Options, Exercisable	3,217	3,800
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Exercisable	$ 7.76
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, Exercisable	5 years 6 months 4 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercisable	$ 48,228

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Components Of Accounts Receivable, Net) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011	Mar. 27, 2010
Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]
Gross accounts receivable	$ 69,590	$ 44,524
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(301)	(371)	(421)	(488)
Accounts receivable, net	$ 69,289	$ 44,153

XML

Marketable Securities

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Marketable Securities [Abstract]

Marketable Securities

3.Marketable Securities

The Company’s investments that have original maturities greater than 90 days have been classified as available-for-sale securities in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  Marketable securities are categorized on the consolidated balance sheet as marketable securities, as appropriate.

The following table is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

								Estimated
				Gross		Gross		Fair Value
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		(Net Carrying
As of March 30, 2013		Cost		Gains		Losses		Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	94,798	$	2	$	(133)	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,380		4		(3)		34,381
Agency discount notes		1,027		-		-		1,027
Commercial paper		40,089		9		(28)		40,070
Total securities	$	170,294	$	15	$	(164)	$	170,145

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $164 thousand relates to 43 different securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $124.1 million at March 30, 2013. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 30, 2013.  Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 30, 2013.

							Estimated
			Gross		Gross		Fair Value
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		(Net Carrying
As of March 31, 2012	Cost		Gains		Losses		Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	48,011	$	33	$	(19)	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,264		1		(4)		30,261
Agency discount notes		16,789		8		(1)		16,796
Commercial paper		23,719		5		(15)		23,709
Total securities	$	118,783	$	47	$	(39)	$	118,791

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of  $39 thousand relates to 37 different securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $72.6 million at March 31, 2012.  Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012.  Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 31, 2012.

The cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments by contractual maturity were as follows:

		March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
		Amortized		Estimated		Amortized		Estimated
		Cost		Fair Value		Cost		Fair Value
Within 1 year	$	105,290	$	105,235	$	115,871	$	115,876
After 1 year		65,004		64,910		2,912		2,915
Total	$	170,294	$	170,145	$	118,783	$	118,791

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Outstanding And Exercisable Options) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number	4,278
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	6 years 1 month 10 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 10.42
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	3,217
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 7.76
$2.59 - $5.25 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 2.59
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 5.25
Options Outstanding, Number	764
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 9 months 11 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.05
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	754
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.05
$5.49 - $5.53 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 5.49
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 5.53
Options Outstanding, Number	58
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	6 years 4 months 21 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.50
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	44
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.50
$5.55 - $5.55 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 5.55
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 5.55
Options Outstanding, Number	1,217
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	6 years 5 months 23 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.55
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	961
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.55
$5.66 - $7.87 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 5.66
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 7.87
Options Outstanding, Number	891
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 1 month 6 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 7.05
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	873
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 7.05
$8.06 - $16.25 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 8.06
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 16.25
Options Outstanding, Number	874
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	7 years 8 months 19 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 15.18
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	434
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 14.90
$16.28 - $38.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 16.28
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 38.99
Options Outstanding, Number	474
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	8 years 1 month 10 days
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 29.79
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	151
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 19.60

XML

Marketable Securities (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013 security	Mar. 31, 2012 security
Marketable Securities [Abstract]
Minimum maturity period of investments to be classified as available-for-sale securities	90 days
Gross unrealized losses	$ 164,000	$ 39,000
Amortized cost on available for sale securities held at gross unrealized losses	$ 124,100,000	$ 72,600,000
Number of securities	43	37

XML

Marketable Securities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Marketable Securities [Abstract]

Schedule Of Available-for-sale Securities

								Estimated
				Gross		Gross		Fair Value
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		(Net Carrying
As of March 30, 2013		Cost		Gains		Losses		Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	94,798	$	2	$	(133)	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,380		4		(3)		34,381
Agency discount notes		1,027		-		-		1,027
Commercial paper		40,089		9		(28)		40,070
Total securities	$	170,294	$	15	$	(164)	$	170,145

							Estimated
			Gross		Gross		Fair Value
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		(Net Carrying
As of March 31, 2012	Cost		Gains		Losses		Amount)
Corporate debt securities	$	48,011	$	33	$	(19)	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,264		1		(4)		30,261
Agency discount notes		16,789		8		(1)		16,796
Commercial paper		23,719		5		(15)		23,709
Total securities	$	118,783	$	47	$	(39)	$	118,791

Schedule of Cost And Estimated Fair Value Of Available-for-sale Securities By Contractual Maturity

		March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
		Amortized		Estimated		Amortized		Estimated
		Cost		Fair Value		Cost		Fair Value
Within 1 year	$	105,290	$	105,235	$	115,871	$	115,876
After 1 year		65,004		64,910		2,912		2,915
Total	$	170,294	$	170,145	$	118,783	$	118,791

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule Of Inventories

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Work in process	$	34,169	$	30,921
Finished goods		85,131		24,994
	$	119,300	$	55,915

Components Of Property, Plant And Equipment

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Land	$	23,778	$	14,059
Buildings		38,257		8,351
Furniture and fixtures		9,677		4,320
Leasehold improvements		1,091		6,765
Machinery and equipment		51,080		37,481
Capitalized software		24,671		23,459
Construction in progress		2,528		28,497
Total property, plant and equipment		151,082		122,932
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(50,459)		(55,954)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

Schedule of Calculation of Numerator and Denominator in Earnings Per Share [Table Text Block]

	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income	$	136,598	$	87,983	$	203,503
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding		64,580		64,934		67,857
Effect of dilutive securities		3,874		3,129		4,246
Weighted average diluted shares		68,454		68,063		72,103
Basic earnings per share	$	2.12	$	1.35	$	3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00	$	1.29	$	2.82

XML

Equity Compensation (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow	$ 21,495,000	$ 12,178,000	$ 8,141,000
Compensation costs related to equity incentive plans not yet recognized	39,700,000
Weighted average exercise price, options granted	$ 37.22	$ 15.63	$ 16.75
Net amount received from exercise of stock options granted	12,000,000	4,100,000	31,000,000
Number, exercised	1,746,000	593,000	4,718,000
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised	48,600,000	7,600,000	50,400,000
Shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plans	9,400,000
Fair value of options that became vested during the period	4,800,000	6,300,000	6,000,000
Number of options exercisable	3,217,000	3,800,000
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share based compensation, period from grant date options are exercisable	10 years
Compensation costs related to equity incentive plans, weighted average recognition period	11 months 16 days
Restricted Stock Awards [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Compensation costs related to equity incentive plans, weighted average recognition period	1 year 3 months 7 days
Shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plans	100,000
Shares available for grant reduction ratio	1.5
Fair value of awards vested	951,000	637,000	37,000
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Compensation costs related to equity incentive plans, weighted average recognition period	1 year 6 months 26 days
Shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plans	3,200,000
Vesting percentage	100.00%
Shares available for grant reduction ratio	1.5
Fair value of awards vested	3,800,000	0	0
Decrease in shares authorized and unissued share balance	200,000
Increase in outstanding share balance	100,000
Payment and subsequent retirement of of shares	1,700,000
Restricted Stock Awards And Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow	$ 16,300,000	$ 6,300,000	$ 1,100,000
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	4 years
Maximum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	4 years
Maximum [Member] | Restricted Stock Awards [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	4 years
Maximum [Member] | Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	3 years
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	0 years
Minimum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	0 years
Minimum [Member] | Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation, vesting period	1 year
Weighted Average Estimated Fair Value Using Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Fair value of stock options granted under the Black-Scholes valuation model	$ 20.43	$ 7.58	$ 9.61

XML

Marketable Securities (Schedule Of Available-for-sale Securities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 170,294	$ 118,783
Gross Unrealized Gains	15	47
Gross Unrealized Losses	(164)	(39)
Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)	170,145	118,791
Corporate Debt Securities - U.S. [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	94,798	48,011
Gross Unrealized Gains	2	33
Gross Unrealized Losses	(133)	(19)
Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)	94,667	48,025
U.S. Treasury Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	34,380	30,264
Gross Unrealized Gains	4	1
Gross Unrealized Losses	(3)	(4)
Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)	34,381	30,261
Agency Discount Notes [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	1,027	16,789
Gross Unrealized Gains		8
Gross Unrealized Losses		(1)
Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)	1,027	16,796
Commercial Paper [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	40,089	23,719
Gross Unrealized Gains	9	5
Gross Unrealized Losses	(28)	(15)
Estimated Fair Value (Net Carrying Amount)	$ 40,070	$ 23,709

XML

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Financial Assets

	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	54,762	$	-	$	-	$	54,762
Commercial paper		-		1,500		-		1,500
	$	54,762	$	1,500	$	-	$	56,262
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	-	$	94,667	$	-	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,381		-		-		34,381
Agency discount notes		-		1,027		-		1,027
Commercial paper		-		40,070		-		40,070
	$	34,381	$	135,764	$	-	$	170,145

	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	40,557	$	-	$	-	$	40,557
Commercial paper		-		15,952		-		15,952
Corporate debt securities		-		1,112		-		1,112
	$	40,557	$	17,064	$	-	$	57,621
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	-	$	48,025	$	-	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,261		-		-		30,261
Agency discount notes		-		16,796		-		16,796
Commercial paper		-		23,709		-		23,709
	$	30,261	$	88,530	$	-	$	118,791

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]

Components Of Accounts Receivable, Net

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Gross accounts receivable	$	69,590	$	44,524
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(301)		(371)
Accounts receivable, net	$	69,289	$	44,153

Changes In The Allowance For Doubtful Accounts

Balance, March 27, 2010	$	(488)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		67
Balance, March 26, 2011		(421)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		50
Balance, March 31, 2012		(371)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		70
Balance, March 30, 2013		(301)

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Government Treasury and Agency instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. 

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate this designation as of each balance sheet date.  We classify these securities as either held-to-maturity, trading, or available-for-sale. As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, all marketable securities and restricted investments were classified as available-for-sale securities.  The Company classifies its investments as “available for sale” because it expects to possibly sell some securities prior to maturity.  The Company’s investments are subject to market risk, primarily interest rate and credit risk.  The Company’s investments are managed by an outside professional manager within investment guidelines set by the Company.  Such guidelines include security type, credit quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities.  The fair value of investments is determined using observable or quoted market prices for those securities.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.  Realized gains and losses, declines in value judged to be other than temporary, and interest on available-for-sale securities are included in net income.  The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

We use the lower of cost or market method to value our inventories, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  One of the factors we consistently evaluate in the application of this method is the extent to which products are accepted into the marketplace.  By policy, we evaluate market acceptance based on known business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted customer unit demand for our products over a specific future period, or demand horizon, to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting period.

On a quarterly and annual basis, we analyze inventories on a part-by-part basis.  Inventory quantities on hand in excess of forecasted demand are considered to have reduced market value and, therefore, the cost basis is adjusted to the lower of cost or market.  Typically, market values for excess or obsolete inventories are considered to be zero.  Product life cycles and the competitive nature of the industry are factors considered in the estimation of customer unit demand at the end of each quarterly accounting period.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Work in process	$	34,169	$	30,921
Finished goods		85,131		24,994
	$	119,300	$	55,915

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, net of depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from three to 39 years.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life.  Furniture, fixtures, machinery, and equipment are all depreciated over a useful life of three to 10 years, while buildings are depreciated over a period of up to 39 years.  In general, our capitalized software is amortized over a useful life of three years, with capitalized enterprise resource planning software being amortized over a useful life of 10 years.  Gains or losses related to retirements or dispositions of fixed assets are recognized in the period incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Land	$	23,778	$	14,059
Buildings		38,257		8,351
Furniture and fixtures		9,677		4,320
Leasehold improvements		1,091		6,765
Machinery and equipment		51,080		37,481
Capitalized software		24,671		23,459
Construction in progress		2,528		28,497
Total property, plant and equipment		151,082		122,932
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(50,459)		(55,954)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

The increase in the land and buildings balances in fiscal year 2013 was primarily attributable to the construction of the new headquarters facility, which was placed in service during fiscal year 2013, and the purchase of surrounding properties during fiscal year 2013.  Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant, and equipment for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $10.2 million, $6.3 million, and $4.8 million, respectively. 

Goodwill and Intangibles, net

Intangible assets include purchased technology licenses and patents that are reported at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from one to ten years.  Acquired intangibles include existing technology, core technology or patents, license agreements, trademarks, covenants not-to-compete and customer agreements.  These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from four to fifteen years. 

Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests.  If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required.  The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: (i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy and the semiconductor industry, or (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results.  The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.  Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows.  Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the evaluations.  It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect.  If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analysis, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period.  There are no impairments of goodwill or intangibles in 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Long-Lived Assets

We test for impairment losses on long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amounts.  We measure any impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount.  We estimate fair value based on discounted future cash flows, quoted market prices, or independent appraisals. 

Foreign Currency Translation

All of our international subsidiaries have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency.  The local currency financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for assets and liabilities.  Gains and losses from remeasurement are included in other income (expense), net.  Revenue and expenses from our international subsidiaries are remeasured using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur.  For all periods presented, our foreign currency remeasurement expense was not significant.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to material concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities, long-term marketable securities, and trade accounts receivable.  We are exposed to credit risk to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet.  By policy, our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities are subject to certain nationally recognized credit standards, issuer concentrations, sovereign risk, and marketability or liquidity considerations.

In evaluating our trade receivables, we perform credit evaluations of our major customers’ financial condition and monitor closely all of our receivables to limit our financial exposure by limiting the length of time and amount of credit extended.  In certain situations, we may require payment in advance or utilize letters of credit to reduce credit risk.  By policy, we establish a reserve for trade accounts receivable based on the type of business in which a customer is engaged, the length of time a trade account receivable is outstanding, and other knowledge that we may possess relating to the probability that a trade receivable is at risk for non-payment. 

For fiscal year 2013, we had three contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial, Hongfujin Precision and Protek, who represented 21 percent, 36 percent, and 16 percent of our consolidated gross accounts receivable, respectively.  In fiscal year 2012, we had two contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial and Hongfujin Precision, who represented 28 percent and 14 percent, respectively, of our consolidated gross accounts receivable.  No other distributor or customer had receivable balances that represented more than 10 percent of consolidated gross accounts receivable as of the end of fiscal year 2013 or 2012.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, we consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design.  These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from a distributor, or through a third party manufacturer contracted to produce their end product.  For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 89 percent, 74 percent, and 62 percent of our sales, respectively.  For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 82 percent, 62 percent, and 47 percent of the Company’s total sales, respectively.  Further, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc., that represented 15 percent, and 24 percent of our sales for fiscal years 2012, and 2011, respectively.No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, or 2011.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenuewhen all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.  We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of the four criteria above.  For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and stock rotation.  As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable.  Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales.  For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights.  For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment. 

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net within the deferred income caption.  The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory.  Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

Warranty Expense

We warrant our products and maintain a provision for warranty repair or replacement of shipped products.  The accrual represents management’s estimate of probable returns.  Our estimate is based on an analysis of our overall sales volume and historical claims experience, and the sales volume and historical claims experience at our largest customer, Apple, Inc.  The estimate is re-evaluated periodically for accuracy.

Shipping Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs were $1.5 million, $1.8 million, and $1.3 million, in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized as an expense, on a ratable basis, over the vesting period, which is generally between zero and four years.  Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to develop estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options.  The Company calculates the grant-date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  The use of valuation models requires the Company to make estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and forfeiture rates.  The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units is the market value at grant date multiplied by the number of units. 

Income Taxes

We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not.  The Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and circumstances, including projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover attributes on a quarterly basis.  We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding its realization.  The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction.  We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process.  The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes.  The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, expirations of statutes of limitation, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity.  If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result. 

Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals.  If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.  We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions.  These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is based on the weighted effect of common shares issued and outstanding and is calculated by dividing net income by the basic weighted average shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net income per share calculation, plus the equivalent number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding.  These potentially dilutive items consist primarily of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following table details the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income	$	136,598	$	87,983	$	203,503
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding		64,580		64,934		67,857
Effect of dilutive securities		3,874		3,129		4,246
Weighted average diluted shares		68,454		68,063		72,103
Basic earnings per share	$	2.12	$	1.35	$	3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00	$	1.29	$	2.82

The weighted outstanding options excluded from our diluted calculation for the years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, were 453,000,  1,052,000,  and 615,000, respectively, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price during the period.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments from prior years when we had subsidiaries whose functional currency was not the U.S. Dollar, as well as unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.  See Note 16 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss for additional discussion.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350) – Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.  With the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived assets, other than goodwill, are impaired.  If, after the assessment, an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to assess further.  If an entity concludes otherwise, the fair value determination and quantitative impairment test is required, in accordance with Subtopic 350-30.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) –Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  With the amendments in this update, an entity is required to “report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income.  For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.”  The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  We began complying with this ASU, as defined, in fiscal year 2013 and the adoption of this ASU currently does not, and is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net [Abstract]

Schedule Of Gross Carrying Amount And Amortization Of Intangible Assets

		March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
Intangible Category (Weighted-Average Amortization period (years))		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Core technology (a)	$	1,390	$	(1,390)	$	1,390	$	(1,390)
License agreement (a)		440		(440)		440		(440)
Existing technology (10.1)		5,566		(3,802)		17,235		(7,318)
Trademarks (a)(b)		320		(320)		2,758		(320)
Non-compete agreements (b)		-		-		398		(258)
Customer relationships (b)		-		-		4,682		(1,515)
Technology licenses (3.2)		16,303		(13,417)		14,187		(11,608)
Total	$	24,019	$	(19,369)	$	41,090	$	(22,849)

(a) Intangible assets are fully amortized.

(b) Intangible assets existing at March 31, 2012 were fully or partially removed as part of the asset sale discussed in Note 7.

Schedule Of Estimated Aggregate Amortization Expense For Intangibles

For the year ended March 29, 2014	$	2,602
For the year ended March 28, 2015	$	1,809
For the year ended March 26, 2016	$	218
For the year ended March 25, 2017	$	21
For the year ended March 31, 2018	$	-

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Schedule Of Inventories) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Work in process	$ 34,169	$ 30,921
Finished goods	85,131	24,994
Total inventories	$ 119,300	$ 55,915

XML

Revolving Line Of Credit (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013
Line Of Credit [Abstract]
Borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility	$ 100,000,000
Revolving credit sublimit	15,000,000
Basis spread on variable interest rate	0.50%
Covenant Terms, Leverage Ratio Requirement	175.00%
Covenant Terms, Interest Coverage Ratio	350.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding	0
Line of Credit Facility, Increase (Decrease) for Period, Net	$ 0

XML

Income Taxes (Summary Of Income Before Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Income Taxes [Abstract]
United States	$ 200,124	$ 79,425	$ 83,569
Non-U.S.	1,066	558	645
Income before income taxes	$ 201,190	$ 79,983	$ 84,214

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 66,402	$ 65,997
Marketable securities	105,235	115,877
Accounts receivable, net	69,289	44,153
Inventories	119,300	55,915
Deferred tax assets	64,937	53,137
Other current assets	19,371	16,508
Total current assets	444,534	351,587
Long-term marketable securities	64,910	2,914
Property and equipment, net	100,623	66,978
Goodwill and intangibles, net	10,677	24,268
Deferred tax assets	16,671	89,071
Software license agreement	8,060
Other assets	5,872	9,644
Total assets	651,347	544,462
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Accounts payable	60,827	38,108
Accrued salaries and benefits	16,592	13,634
Deferred income	4,956	7,228
Supplier agreement		5,000
Other accrued liabilities	10,704	9,015
Total current liabilities	93,079	72,985
Long-term liabilities	10,094	5,620
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, 5.0 million shares authorized but unissued
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 280,000 shares authorized, 63,291 shares and 64,394 shares issued and outstanding at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively	63	64
Additional paid-in capital	1,041,771	1,008,164
Accumulated deficit	(492,741)	(541,609)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(919)	(762)
Total stockholders' equity	548,174	465,857
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 651,347	$ 544,462

XML

Marketable Securities (Schedule of Cost And Estimated Fair Value Of Available-for-sale Securities By Contractual Maturity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Marketable Securities [Abstract]
Within 1 year, Amortized Cost	$ 105,290	$ 115,871
After 1 year, Amortized Cost	65,004	2,912
Within 1 year, Estimated Fair Value	105,235	115,876
After 1 year, Estimated Fair Value	64,910	2,915
Amortized Cost	170,294	118,783
Estimated Fair Value	$ 170,145	$ 118,791

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total
Balance at Mar. 27, 2010	$ 66	$ 952,737	$ (733,553)	$ (649)	$ 218,601
Balance, shares at Mar. 27, 2010	65,653
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income			203,503		203,503
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities				(105)	(105)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, value	5	31,000			31,005
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, shares	4,770
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, value	(2)		(22,764)		(22,766)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, shares	(1,759)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		8,141			8,141
Balance at Mar. 26, 2011	69	991,878	(552,814)	(754)	438,379
Balance, shares at Mar. 26, 2011	68,664
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income			87,983		87,983
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities				(8)	(8)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, value		4,108			4,108
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, shares	642
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, value	(5)		(76,778)		(76,783)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, shares	(4,912)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		12,178			12,178
Balance at Mar. 31, 2012	64	1,008,164	(541,609)	(762)	465,857
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2012	64,394
Components of comprehensive income:
Net income			136,598		136,598
Change in unrealized gain on marketable securities				(157)	(157)
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, value	2	12,006			12,008
Issuance of stock under stock option plans and other, shares	2,025
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, value	(3)		(87,730)		(87,733)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock, shares	(3,128)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		21,495			21,495
Stock compensation expense		106			106
Balance at Mar. 30, 2013	$ 63	$ 1,041,771	$ (492,741)	$ (919)	$ 548,174
Balance, shares at Mar. 30, 2013	63,291

XML

Equity Compensation (Schedule Of Fair Value Of Stock Option Grants) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected stock price volatility	63.42%	[1]
Expected stock price volatility, minimum			59.25%	52.03%
Expected stock price volatility, maximum			66.11%	67.11%
Risk-free interest rate	0.31%	[1]
Risk-free interest rate, minimum			0.27%	1.19%
Risk-free interest rate, maximum			1.43%	2.06%
Expected term	2 years 5 months 16 days	[1]
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term			3 years 9 months 26 days	4 years 4 months 2 days
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term			2 years 3 months 26 days	3 years 9 months 29 days

[1] Actual assumptions at time of share issuance used.

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Abstract]

Summary Of Changes In The Components Of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

				Unrealized Gains
		Foreign		(Losses) on
		Currency		Securities		Total
Balance, March 26, 2011	$	(770)	$	16	$	(754)
Current period activity		-		(8)		(8)
Balance, March 31, 2012		(770)		8		(762)
Current period activity		-		(157)		(157)
Balance, March 30, 2013	$	(770)	$	(149)	$	(919)

XML

Commitments And Contingencies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013 Tucson, Arizona Facility [Member] sqft	Mar. 30, 2013 Capacity Investment And Loading Agreement With STATS ChipPAC Ltd [Member]	Jan. 24, 2012 Capacity Investment And Loading Agreement With STATS ChipPAC Ltd [Member]	Dec. 22, 2011 Capacity Investment And Loading Agreement With STATS ChipPAC Ltd [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 Foundry Commitments [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 Assembly Purchase Order Commitments [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 Outside Test Services Commitments [Member]
Purchase Commitment, Excluding Long-term Commitment [Line Items]
Square footage of Tucson facilities				28,000
Rent expense	$ 3.2	$ 4.7	$ 4.6
Sublease rental income	0.1	0.4	1.1
Non-cancelable purchase commitments							10.0	31.0	2.3	1.1
Purchase commitment, initial payment						5
Purchase commitment, remaining amount					5
Purchase commitment, rebate amount					10
Purchase commitment, expected rebate to receive					10
Purchase obligation, rebate utilized					$ 4.3

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

16.      Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.  The foreign currency translation adjustments are not currently adjusted for income taxes because they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries that have since changed from a foreign functional currency to a U.S dollar functional currency. 

The following table summarizes the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (in thousands):

				Unrealized Gains
		Foreign		(Losses) on
		Currency		Securities		Total
Balance, March 26, 2011	$	(770)	$	16	$	(754)
Current period activity		-		(8)		(8)
Balance, March 31, 2012		(770)		8		(762)
Current period activity		-		(157)		(157)
Balance, March 30, 2013	$	(770)	$	(149)	$	(919)

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Summary Of Income Before Income Taxes

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	200,124	$	79,425	$	83,569
Non-U.S.		1,066		558		645
	$	201,190	$	79,983	$	84,214

Summary Of Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	3,537	$	1,322	$	163
State		323		518		312
Non-U.S.		243		261		204
Total current tax provision	$	4,103	$	2,101	$	679
Deferred:
U.S.		60,506		(10,102)		(120,057)
Non-U.S.		(17)		1		89
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		60,489		(10,101)		(119,968)
Total tax provision (benefit)	$	64,592	$	(8,000)	$	(119,289)

Summary Of Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes, Statutory Federal Rate Pretax Income Reconciliation

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate		35.0		35.0		35.0
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income taxes		(1.3)		(46.7)		(178.6)
Foreign taxes at different rates		(0.1)		-		0.1
R&D credit		(2.1)		-		-
Stock compensation		0.1		1.0		(0.1)
Nondeductible expenses		0.3		0.1		1.1
Other		0.2		0.6		0.9
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		32.1		(10.0)		(141.6)

Significant Components Of Deferred Tax Assets And Liabilities

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation	$	12,065	$	3,240
Accrued expenses and allowances		5,077		3,656
Net operating loss carryforwards		28,162		105,220
Research and development tax credit carryforwards		37,054		36,032
State tax credit carryforwards		237		244
Capitalized research and development		6,601		9,779
Other		21,505		18,747
Total deferred tax assets	$	110,701	$	176,918
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(23,232)		(29,075)
Net deferred tax assets	$	87,469	$	147,843
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	5,238	$	287
Acquisition intangibles		623		5,348
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	5,861	$	5,635
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608	$	142,208

Summary Of Deferred Tax Assets

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	64,937	$	53,137
Long-term deferred tax assets		16,671		89,071
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608	$	142,208

Reconciliation Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Balance at March 31, 2012	$	-
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		-
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		-
Settlements		-
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitation		-
Balance at March 30, 2013	$	-

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Segment Information [Abstract]

Segment Information

18.      Segment Information

We determine our operating segments in accordance with FASB guidelines.  Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker under these guidelines. 

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment, but reports revenue performance in two product lines, which currently are audio and energy.  Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial information to assess financial performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product line level.  Additionally, our product lines have similar characteristics and customers.  They share operations support functions such as sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development and engineering support, in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal, finance and information technology.  Therefore, there is no complete, discrete financial information maintained for these product lines.  Revenue from our product lines are as follows (in thousands): 

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Audio Products	$	754,769	$	350,743	$	264,840
Energy Products		55,017		76,100		104,731
	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

Geographic Area

The following illustrates sales by geographic locations based on the sales office location (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	38,670	$	50,230	$	66,701
United Kingdom		19,211		23,927		27,398
China		700,051		294,143		205,775
Hong Kong		8,590		8,671		9,216
Japan		9,299		15,196		16,902
South Korea		8,975		9,781		12,413
Taiwan		11,694		10,662		13,073
Other Asia		10,387		13,063		16,012
Other non-U.S. countries		2,909		1,170		2,081
Total consolidated sales	$	809,786	$	426,843	$	369,571

The following illustrates property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations, based on physical location (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
United States	$	100,343	$	66,530
United Kingdom		23		20
China		137		158
Hong Kong		5		3
Japan		25		167
South Korea		6		6
Taiwan		70		83
Other Asia		14		11
Total consolidated property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

XML

Patent Agreement, Net (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2011
Patent Agreement, Net [Abstract]
Cash consideration received recorded as recovery of costs previously incurred	$ 4,000

XML

Description Of Business

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Description Of Business [Abstract]

Description Of Business

1.      Description of Business 

Description of Business

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-precision, analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of consumer and industrial markets.  Building on our diverseanalog mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products for consumer and professional audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial applications including energy control, energy management, light emitting diode (“LED”) and energy exploration.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989, and were reincorporated in the State of Delaware in February 1999.  Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, and administration functions is located in Austin, Texas.  In addition, we have sales locations internationally and throughout the United States.  Specifically, we serve customers from international sales offices in Europe and Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom.  Our common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

Basis of Presentation

We prepare financial statements on a 52- or 53-week year that ends on the last Saturday in March.  Fiscal years 2011 and 2013 were 52-week years, whereas fiscal year 2012 was a 53-week year.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s presentation of financial information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of management estimates.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at fiscal year-end and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Preferred Stock, shares authorized but unissued	5,000,000	5,000,000
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	280,000,000	280,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	63,291,000	64,394,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	63,291,000	64,394,000

XML

Equity Compensation

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Equity Compensation [Abstract]

Equity Compensation

11.      Equity Compensation

The Company is currently granting equity awards from the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which was approved by stockholders in July 2006.  The Plan provides for granting of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, phantom stock awards, and bonus stock awards, or any combination of the foregoing.  To date, the Company has granted stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units under the Plan.  Stock options generally vest between zero and four years, and are exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant.  Generally, restricted stock awards are subject to vesting schedules up to four years.  Restricted stock units are generally subject to vesting from one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant.

The following table summarizes the activity in total shares available for grant (in thousands):

	Shares
	Available for
	Grant
Balance, March 27, 2010	9,930
Plans terminated	(300)
Granted	(1,927)
Forfeited	472
Balance, March 26, 2011	8,175
Plans terminated	(34)
Granted	(2,049)
Forfeited	165
Balance, March 31, 2012	6,257
Plans terminated	-
Granted	(1,600)
Forfeited	468
Balance, March 30, 2013	5,125

Stock Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation on cost of goods sold, research and development, sales, general and administrative, pre-tax income, and net income after taxes for options granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Cost of sales	$	751	$	398	$	243
Research and development		10,549		5,590		2,641
Sales, general and administrative		10,195		6,190		5,257
Effect on pre-tax income		21,495		12,178		8,141
Income Tax Benefit		(106)		-		-
Total share-based compensation expense (net of taxes)		21,389		12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on basic earnings per share	$	0.33	$	0.19	$	0.12
Share-based compensation effects on diluted earnings per share		0.32		0.18		0.11
Share-based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow		21,389		12,178		8,141
Share-based compensation effects on financing activities cash flow		106		-		-

The total share based compensation expense included in the table above and which is attributable to restricted stock awards and restricted stock units was $16.3 million, $6.3 million, and $1.1 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

As of March 30, 2013, there was $39.7 million of compensation costs related to non-vested stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans not yet recognized in the Company’s financial statements.  The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.96 years for stock options, 1.27 years for restricted stock awards, and 1.57 years for restricted stock units.

Stock Option Awards

We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using a dividend yield of zero and the following additional assumptions:

	Year Ended
		March 30, 2013	(a)	March 31, 2012		March 26, 2011
Expected stock price volatility		63.42	%	59.25 - 66.11	%	52.03 - 67.11	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.31	%	0.27 - 1.43	%	1.19 - 2.06	%
Expected term (in years)		2.46		2.32 - 3.82		3.83 - 4.34

(a) Actual assumptions at time of share issuance used.

The Black-Scholes valuation calculation requires us to estimate key assumptions such as stock price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.  The expected stock price volatility is based upon implied volatility from traded options on our stock in the marketplace.  The expected term of options granted is derived from an analysis of historical exercises and remaining contractual life of stock options, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free interest rate reflects the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period that is commensurate with the expected term assumption.  Finally, we have never paid cash dividends, do not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus have assumed a zero percent dividend yield.

Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted average estimated fair values of employee stock options granted in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, were $20.43, $7.58, and $9.61, respectively. 

During fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011, we received a net $12.0 million, $4.1 million, and $31.0 million, respectively, from the exercise of 1.7 million, 0.6 million and 4.7 million, respectively, stock options granted under the Company’s stock Plan.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011, was $48.6 million, $7.6 million, and $50.4 million, respectively.  Intrinsic value represents the difference between the market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the strike price of the stock option.

As of March 30, 2013, approximately 9.4 millionshares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the stock option Plan.  

Additional information with respect to stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

	Outstanding Options
			Weighted
			Average
	Number		Exercise Price
Balance, March 27, 2010	10,379	$	6.74
Options granted	977		16.75
Options exercised	(4,718)		6.57
Options forfeited	(153)		5.90
Options expired	(304)		23.68
Balance, March 26, 2011	6,181	$	7.63
Options granted	450		15.63
Options exercised	(593)		6.88
Options forfeited	(67)		7.70
Options expired	(67)		15.68
Balance, March 31, 2012	5,904	$	8.23
Options granted	264		37.22
Options exercised	(1,746)		6.88
Options forfeited	(144)		12.52
Options expired	-		20.25
Balance, March 30, 2013	4,278	$	10.42

Additional information with regards to outstanding options that are vesting, expected to vest, or exercisable as of March 30, 2013 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts): 

			Weighted	Weighted Average
	Number of		Average	Remaining Contractual		Aggregate
	Options		Exercise price	Term (years)		Intrinsic Value
Vested and expected to vest	4,196	$	10.15	6.07	$	56,376
Exercisable	3,217	$	7.76	5.51	$	48,228

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, stock options outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future option forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized.  Options with a fair value of $4.8 million, $6.3 million, and $6.0 million, became vested during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable options as of March 30, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted Average
		Remaining	Weighted			Weighted
		Contractual Life	Average Exercise		Number	Average
Range of Exercise Prices	Number	(years)	Price		Exercisable	Exercise Price
$2.59 - $5.25	764	4.78	$	5.05	754	$	5.05
$5.49 - $5.53	58	6.39		5.50	44		5.50
$5.55 - $5.55	1,217	6.48		5.55	961		5.55
$5.66 - $7.87	891	4.10		7.05	873		7.05
$8.06 - $16.25	874	7.72		15.18	434		14.90
$16.28 - $38.99	474	8.11		29.79	151		19.60
	4,278	6.11	$	10.42	3,217	$	7.76

As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the number of options exercisable was 3.2 million and 3.8 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”) to select employees.  The grant date for these awards is equal to the measurement date and the awards are valued as of the measurement date and amortized over the requisite vesting period, which is no more than four years.  Each full value award, including RSA’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the Plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSA granted.  As of March 30, 2013, approximately 0.1 millionshares attributable to RSA awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan.  A summary of the activity for RSA’s in fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011 is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

			Weighted
			Average
			Grant Date	Aggregate
	Number of		Fair Value	Intrinsic
	Shares		(per share)	value (1)
March 27, 2010	49	$	6.20
Granted	5		17.28
Vested	(7)		7.35	134
Forfeited	(2)		7.35
March 26, 2011	45		7.21
Granted	49		15.31
Vested	(54)		14.57	826
Forfeited	-		-
March 31, 2012	40		7.19
Granted	27		28.24
Vested	(62)		15.45	1,657
Forfeited	-		-
March 30, 2013	5	$	17.28

(1) Represents the value of Cirrus stock on the date that the restricted stock vested.

The weighted average remaining recognition period for RSA’s outstanding as of March 30, 2013 was 1.27 years.  RSA’s with a fair value of $951 thousand, $637 thousand, and $37 thousand became vested during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

Commencing in fiscal year 2011, the Company began granting restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) to select employees. These awards are valued as of the grant date and amortized over the requisite vesting period.  Generally, RSU’s vest 100 percent on the first to third anniversary of the grant date depending on the vesting specifications.  Each full value award, including RSU’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the 2006 option plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSU granted.  As of March 30, 2013, approximately 3.2 million shares attributable to RSU awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which includes the additional shares associated with this full value award multiplier. A summary of the activity for RSU’s in fiscal year 2013, 2012, and 2011 is presented below (in thousands, except year and per share amounts):

				Weighted Average
			Weighted	Remaining
			Average	Contractual Term
	Shares		Fair Value	(years)
March 27, 2010	-	$	-
Granted	628		16.41
Vested	-		-
Forfeited	(8)		16.25
March 26, 2011	620		16.41	2.54
Granted	1,017		16.59
Vested	-		-
Forfeited	(21)		16.04
March 31, 2012	1,616		16.52	1.94
Granted	864		37.26
Vested	(193)		20.56
Forfeited	(216)		21.46
March 30, 2013	2,071	$	23.66	1.57

Additional information with regards to outstanding restricted stock units that are vesting or expected to vest as of March 30, 2013, is as follows (in thousands, except year and per share amounts): 

			Weighted	Weighted Average
			Average	Remaining Contractual
	Shares		Fair Value	Term (years)
Vested and expected to vest	1,888	$	23.66	1.53

RSU’s outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized.  RSU’s with a fair value of $3.8 million became vested during fiscal year 2013.  No RSU’s became vested during fiscal year 2012 or 2011.  In fiscal year 2013, the Company required employees with vested RSU’s the option to cash settle or net settle, removing the option to sell all.  As a result, the Company repurchases a portion of the shares at fair value, and uses the cash on behalf of the employee to satisfy the tax withholding requirements.  In fiscal year 2013, the vesting of RSU’s reduced the authorized and unissued share balance by approximately 0.2 million, while the net released, outstanding share balance increased by approximately 0.1 million shares and resulted in the $1.7 million payment and subsequent retirement of these shares out of the Plan. 

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	May 24, 2013	Sep. 28, 2012
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Registrant Name	CIRRUS LOGIC INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000772406
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Document Period End Date	Mar. 30, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-30
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		63,376,659
Entity Public Float			$ 1,812,739,022

XML

Commitments And Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments And Contingencies

12.      Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities and Equipment Under Operating Lease Agreements

With the exception of our corporate headquarters and select surrounding properties, we lease our facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements, some of which have renewal options.  Certain of these arrangements provide for lease payment increases based upon future fair market rates.  As of May 1, 2013, our principal facilities are located in Austin, Texas. 

The Company closed operations in Tucson, Arizona during fiscal year 2013, which included 28,000 square feet of leased office space which was primarily occupied by engineering personnel.  The term of this lease extends through May 2015.

The aggregate minimum future rental commitments under all operating leases, net of sublease income, for the following fiscal years are (in thousands): 

		Facilities		Subleases		Net Facilities Commitments		Equipment Commitments		Total Commitments
2014	$	2,974	$	112	$	2,862	$	11	$	2,873
2015		2,919		76		2,843		5		2,848
2016		2,271		-		2,271		2		2,273
2017		2,208		-		2,208		0		2,208
2018		543		-		543		-		543
Thereafter		69		-		69		-		69
Total minimum lease payment	$	10,984	$	188	$	10,796	$	18	$	10,814

Total rent expense was approximately $3.2 million, $4.7 million, and $4.6 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  Sublease rental income was $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $1.1 million, for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

Wafer, Assembly and Test Purchase Commitments

We rely primarily on third-party foundries for our wafer manufacturing needs.  As of March 30, 2013, we had agreements with multiple foundries for the manufacture of wafers.  On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into a $10 million Capacity Investment and Loading Agreement with STATS ChipPAC Ltd (Supplier Agreement) in order to secure assembly and test capacity for certain products.  An initial $5 million payment was made on January 24, 2012, with the remaining $5 million paid July 2, 2012, after certain capacity expansion commitments had been achieved by STATS ChipPAC.  This liability was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012, under the caption “Supplier Agreement”.  As part of the agreement, we are eligible to receive rebates on our purchases up to the full amount of the specified $10 million in the Supplier Agreement upon our meeting certain purchase volume milestones.  Based on our current projections, we expect to receive the full amount of our $10 million payments back in rebates during the term of the agreement.  We have utilized $4.3 million during fiscal year 2013 related to the agreement.  Other than the previously mentioned agreement, our foundry agreements do not have volume purchase commitments or "take or pay" clauses and provide for purchase commitments based on purchase orders.  Cancellation fees or other charges may apply and are generally dependent upon whether wafers have been started or the stage of the manufacturing process at which the notice of cancellation is given.  As of March 30, 2013, we had foundry commitments of $31.0million. 

In addition to our wafer supply arrangements, we contract with third-party assembly vendors to package the wafer die into finished products.  Assembly vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry.  We had non-cancelable assembly purchase orders with numerous vendors totaling $2.3million at March 30, 2013.

Test vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry.  Our total non-cancelable commitment for outside test services as of March 30, 2013 was $1.1 million.

Other open purchase orders as of March 30, 2013 are insignificant in nature.

XML

Segment Information (Schedule Of Sales By Geographic Location Based On The Sales Office Location) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Sep. 29, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 24, 2011	Jun. 25, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 206,873	$ 310,133	$ 193,774	$ 99,006	$ 110,631	[1]	$ 122,368	$ 101,602	$ 92,242	$ 809,786	$ 426,843	$ 369,571
United States [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										38,670	50,230	66,701
United Kingdom [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										19,211	23,927	27,398
China [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										700,051	294,143	205,775
Hong Kong [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										8,590	8,671	9,216
Japan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										9,299	15,196	16,902
South Korea [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										8,975	9,781	12,413
Taiwan [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										11,694	10,662	13,073
Other Asia [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										10,387	13,063	16,012
Other Non-U.S. Countries [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net sales										$ 2,909	$ 1,170	$ 2,081

[1] The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 809,786	$ 426,843	$ 369,571
Cost of sales	414,595	196,402	167,576
Gross margin	395,191	230,441	201,995
Operating expenses:
Research and development	114,071	85,697	63,934
Selling, general and administrative	76,998	65,208	58,734
Patent agreement, net			(4,000)
Restructuring and other, net	3,292
Total operating expenses	194,361	150,905	118,668
Income from operations	200,830	79,536	83,327
Interest income, net	440	517	860
Other income (expense), net	(80)	(70)	27
Income before income taxes	201,190	79,983	84,214
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	64,592	(8,000)	(119,289)
Net income	136,598	87,983	203,503
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities	(157)	(8)	(105)
Comprehensive income	$ 136,441	$ 87,975	$ 203,398
Basic earnings per share	$ 2.12	$ 1.35	$ 3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$ 2.00	$ 1.29	$ 2.82
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding	64,580	64,934	67,857
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding	68,454	68,063	72,103

XML

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net [Abstract]

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net

6.      Goodwill and Intangibles, net

The goodwill balance included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption “Goodwill and intangibles, net” is $6.0 million at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

The following information details the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our intangible assets (in thousands):

		March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
Intangible Category (Weighted-Average Amortization period (years))		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Core technology (a)	$	1,390	$	(1,390)	$	1,390	$	(1,390)
License agreement (a)		440		(440)		440		(440)
Existing technology (10.1)		5,566		(3,802)		17,235		(7,318)
Trademarks (a)(b)		320		(320)		2,758		(320)
Non-compete agreements (b)		-		-		398		(258)
Customer relationships (b)		-		-		4,682		(1,515)
Technology licenses (3.2)		16,303		(13,417)		14,187		(11,608)
Total	$	24,019	$	(19,369)	$	41,090	$	(22,849)

(a) Intangible assets are fully amortized.

(b) Intangible assets existing at March 31, 2012 were fully or partially removed as part of the asset sale discussed in Note 7.

Amortization expensefor all intangibles in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $3.4 million, $3.7 million, and $3.3 million, respectively.  The following table details the estimated aggregate amortization expense for all intangibles owned as of March 30, 2013, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years (in thousands):

For the year ended March 29, 2014	$	2,602
For the year ended March 28, 2015	$	1,809
For the year ended March 26, 2016	$	218
For the year ended March 25, 2017	$	21
For the year ended March 31, 2018	$	-

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Accounts Receivable, Net [Abstract]

Accounts Receivable, Net

5.      Accounts Receivable, net

The following are the components of accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Gross accounts receivable	$	69,590	$	44,524
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(301)		(371)
Accounts receivable, net	$	69,289	$	44,153

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance, March 27, 2010	$	(488)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		67
Balance, March 26, 2011		(421)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		50
Balance, March 31, 2012		(371)
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries		70
Balance, March 30, 2013		(301)

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

17.      Income Taxes

Income before income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
United States	$	200,124	$	79,425	$	83,569
Non-U.S.		1,066		558		645
	$	201,190	$	79,983	$	84,214

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	3,537	$	1,322	$	163
State		323		518		312
Non-U.S.		243		261		204
Total current tax provision	$	4,103	$	2,101	$	679
Deferred:
U.S.		60,506		(10,102)		(120,057)
Non-U.S.		(17)		1		89
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)		60,489		(10,101)		(119,968)
Total tax provision (benefit)	$	64,592	$	(8,000)	$	(119,289)

The effective income tax rates differ from the rates computed by applying the statutory federal rate to pretax income as follows (in percentages):

	Year Ended
	March 30,		March 31,		March 26,
	2013		2012		2011
Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate		35.0		35.0		35.0
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income taxes		(1.3)		(46.7)		(178.6)
Foreign taxes at different rates		(0.1)		-		0.1
R&D credit		(2.1)		-		-
Stock compensation		0.1		1.0		(0.1)
Nondeductible expenses		0.3		0.1		1.1
Other		0.2		0.6		0.9
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		32.1		(10.0)		(141.6)

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 20121 are (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation	$	12,065	$	3,240
Accrued expenses and allowances		5,077		3,656
Net operating loss carryforwards		28,162		105,220
Research and development tax credit carryforwards		37,054		36,032
State tax credit carryforwards		237		244
Capitalized research and development		6,601		9,779
Other		21,505		18,747
Total deferred tax assets	$	110,701	$	176,918
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(23,232)		(29,075)
Net deferred tax assets	$	87,469	$	147,843
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	5,238	$	287
Acquisition intangibles		623		5,348
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	5,861	$	5,635
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608	$	142,208

These net deferred tax assets have been categorized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012 as follows:

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Current deferred tax assets	$	64,937	$	53,137
Long-term deferred tax assets		16,671		89,071
Total net deferred tax assets	$	81,608	$	142,208

The current and long-term deferred tax assets are disclosed separately under their respective captions on the consolidated balance sheets.

The valuation allowance decreased by $5.8 million in fiscal year 2013 and $39.3 million in fiscal year 2012.  During fiscal year 2013, the valuation allowance that the Company had maintained on its capital loss carryforward was released due to the capital gain income generated by the sale of assets associated with the Company’s Apex products.  The Company maintained its valuation allowance on various state net operating losses and credits due to the likelihood that they will expire or go unutilized because the Company no longer has a significant apportionment in the jurisdiction in which the attribute was created.  The decrease in the fiscal year 2012 allowance was the result of a release of the valuation allowance on Federal net operating losses, research credits and other Federal deductions due to an expectation that forecasted income as of the end of fiscal year 2012 would be sufficient to utilize these deferred tax assets.  With regard to the remaining deferred tax assets, Management believes that the Company’s results from future operations will generate sufficient taxable income such that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. 

At March 30, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $177.1 million.  Of that amount, $20.9 million related to companies we acquired during fiscal year 2002 and are, therefore, subject to certain limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Because the Company has elected the “with and without” method for purposes of tracking its excess stock deductions, the amount of federal net operating loss included in deferred tax assets is $56.8 million, which yields a tax effected deferred tax asset of $19.9 million.  The Company had $120.3 million of excess stock deductions which are not included in deferred tax assets.  The tax benefit from these deductions will increase additional paid-in capital when they are deemed realized under the “with and without” method.  We had net operating losses in various states that total $101.6 million. The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2019 through 2033.  The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2014 through 2029.  We also have non-U.S. net operating losses of $2.0 million, which do not expire. 

There are federal research and development credit carryforwards of $22.5 million that expire in fiscal years 2014 through 2033.  There are $14.5 million of state research and development credits.  Of that amount, $2.8 million will expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2027.  The remaining $11.7 million of state research and development credits are not subject to expiration.  The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Act”) was enacted on January 2, 2013.  The Act retroactively reinstates the federal research and development credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  As a result of the retroactive extension of the R&D credit, we recognized a $4.2 million benefit to tax expense during fiscal year 2013, a portion of which related to qualified research expenditures that were incurred during the last quarter of fiscal year 2012.

We have approximately $228 thousand of cumulative undistributed earnings in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries.  We have not recognized a deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings because the Company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in operations outside the U.S.  The unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings is approximately $81 thousand. 

We record unrecognized tax benefits for the estimated risk associated with tax positions taken on tax returns.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2012	$	-
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		-
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		-
Settlements		-
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitation		-
Balance at March 30, 2013	$	-

The Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease during the next 12 months.

We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes.  We did not record any interest or penalties during fiscal year 2013 or 2012.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. Fiscal years 2010 through 2013 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject. 

XML

Legal Matters

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Legal Matters [Abstract]

Legal Matters

13.      Legal Matters

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business activities.  We regularly evaluate the status of legal proceedings in which we are involved, to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred and determine if accruals are appropriate.  We further evaluate each legal proceeding to assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made, if accruals are not appropriate.   We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the allegations made in the legal cases described below. 

For the cases described below, management is unable to provide a meaningful estimate of the possible loss or range of possible loss because, among other reasons, (i) the proceedings are in various stages; (ii) damages have not been sought or specified; (iii) damages are unsupported and/or exaggerated; (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions; (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved; and/or (vi) there are novel legal issues or unsettled legal theories to be presented or a large number of parties.  For these cases, however, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.  However, the ultimate resolutions of these various proceedings and matters are inherently difficult to predict; as such, our operating results could be materially affected by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings or matters for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

On June 4, 2012, U.S. Ethernet Innovations, LLC (the “Plaintiff”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and two other defendants in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas. The Plaintiff alleges that Cirrus Logic infringed four U.S. patents relating to Ethernet technology.  In its complaint, the Plaintiff indicated that it is seeking unspecified monetary damages, including up to treble damages for willful infringement. We answered the complaint on June 29, 2012, denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed.  On September 21, 2012, the Plaintiff amended its complaint to allege that we infringed on a fifth patent related to similar technology.  We answered the amended complaint on October 8, 2012, again denying the allegations of infringement and seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents in suit were invalid and not infringed.

On February 4, 2013, a purported shareholder filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and two of the Company’s executives (the “Securities Case”).  Koplyay v. Cirrus Logic, Inc., et al. Civil Action No. 13-CV-0790.  The complaint alleges that the defendants violated the federal securities laws by making materially false and misleading statements regarding our business results between July 31, 2012, and October 31, 2012, and seeks unspecified damages along with plaintiff’s costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees.  A second complaint was filed on April 13, 2013, by a different purported shareholder, in the same court, setting forth substantially the same allegations.  On April 19, 2013, the court appointed the plaintiff and counsel in the first class action complaint as the lead plaintiff and lead counsel.  The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on May 1, 2013, including substantially the same allegations as the original complaint. 

On April 13, 2013, another purported shareholder filed a shareholder derivative complaint against several of our current officers and directors in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, 53^rd Judicial District (the “Derivative Case”).  Graham, derivatively on behalf of Cirrus Logic, Inc. v. Rhode, et. al., Cause No. D-1-GN-13-001285.  In this complaint, the plaintiff makes allegations similar to those presented in the Securities Case, but the plaintiff asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment.  The Company is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought.  

XML

Restructuring Costs

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Restructuring Costs [Abstract]

Restructuring Costs

9.      Restructuring Costs

On November 6, 2012, the Company committed to a plan to close its Tucson, Arizona design center and move those operations, including development efforts related to motor control technology, to the Company’s headquarters in Austin, Texas.  This restructuring eliminated approximately 25 employees in Tucson, Arizona, or 4% of the Company’s total workforce, as well as relocated to Austin, Texas approximately 20 positions, which are primarily research and development positions.  As of December 29, 2012, the closure was materially completed.

The Company incurred a one-time charge for relocation, severance-related items and facility-related costs to operating expenses totaling $3.5 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013.  This charge, along with asset sale activities described in Note 7, are presented as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in operating expenses under the caption “Restructuring and other, net,” which was and will be paid through calendar year 2015.  The charge included $1.1 million in relocation and related costs and $2.4 million in facility related costs and other related charges.

Of the $3.5 million expense incurred, approximately $2.0 million has been paid, and consisted of severance and relocation-related costs of approximately $0.9 million, an asset impairment charge of approximately $1.0 million, and facility-related costs of approximately $0.1 million.  As of March 30, 2013, we have a remaining restructuring accrual of $1.5 million, included in “Other accrued liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet.

XML

Equity Compensation (Schedule Of Stock Option Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Equity Compensation [Abstract]
Number, beginning balance	5,904	6,181	10,379
Number, granted	264	450	977
Number, exercised	(1,746)	(593)	(4,718)
Number, forfeited	(144)	(67)	(153)
Number, expired		(67)	(304)
Number, ending balance	4,278	5,904	6,181
Weighted average exercise price, beginning balance	$ 8.23	$ 7.63	$ 6.74
Weighted average exercise price, options granted	$ 37.22	$ 15.63	$ 16.75
Weighted average exercise price, options exercised	$ 6.88	$ 6.88	$ 6.57
Weighted average exercise price, options forfeited	$ 12.52	$ 7.70	$ 5.90
Weighted average exercise price, options expired	$ 20.25	$ 15.68	$ 23.68
Weighted average exercise price, ending balance	$ 10.42	$ 8.23	$ 7.63

XML

Asset Sale

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Asset Sale [Abstract]

Asset Sale

7.     Asset Sale

The Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets associated with Apex Precision Power (“Apex”) products in Tucson, Arizona for $26.1 million.  On August 17, 2012, the Company closed the transaction under this agreement.  After closing the transaction, the Company maintained a high voltage / high power IC design team in Tucson.  See Note 9 for information regarding the subsequent closure and relocation of the Tucson design center. The Company received $22.2 million in cash and has recorded a long-term note receivable for $3.9 million to be paid in its entirety by August 17, 2014.  The gain recorded on the sale was $0.2 million and is included on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income under the caption, “Restructuring and other, net”.

XML

Revolving Line Of Credit

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Line Of Credit [Abstract]

Revolving Line Of Credit

8.     Revolving Line of Credit

The Company maintained a revolving credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and issuing lender, Barclays Bank, as syndication agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as joint lead arrangers and co-book managers.  The aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility was $100 million with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit and was intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  The interest rate payable was, at the Company's election, (i) a base rate plus the applicable margin, where the base rate is determined by reference to the highest of 1) the prime rate publicly announced by the administrative agent, 2) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, and 3) LIBOR for a one month period plus the difference between the applicable margin for LIBOR rate loans and the applicable margin for base rate loans, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin that varies according to the leverage ratio of the borrower.  Certain representations and warranties were required under the Credit Agreement, and the Company must have been in compliance with specified financial covenants, including (i) the requirement that the Company maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not greater than 1.75 to 1.0, computed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) a minimum ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 3.50 to 1.0.  At March 30, 2013, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

At March 30, 2013, the Company had no outstanding amounts under the facility.  Additionally, there were no borrowings under the facility during fiscal year 2013.  The credit facility expired on April 19, 2013 and was not renewed.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Employee Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

10.      Employee Benefit Plans

We have a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all of our qualifying domestic employees.  Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to contribute any percentage of their annual compensation up to the annual IRS limitations.  We match 50 percent of the first 6 percent of the employees’ annual contribution to the plan.  We made matching employee contributions of $1.5 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 million during fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Restricted Stock Unit Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares, Vested and expected to vest	4,196
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Vested and expected to vest	$ 10.15
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, Vested and expected to vest	6 years 26 days
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Shares, Balance	1,616	620
Number of Shares, Granted	864	1,017	628
Number of Shares, Vested	(193)
Number of Shares, Forfeited	(216)	(21)	(8)
Number of Shares, Balance	2,071	1,616	620
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Balance	$ 16.52	$ 16.41
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Granted	$ 37.26	$ 16.59	$ 16.41
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Vested	$ 20.56
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Forfeited	$ 21.46	$ 16.04	$ 16.25
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Balance	$ 23.66	$ 16.52	$ 16.41
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	1 year 6 months 26 days	1 year 11 months 9 days	2 years 6 months 15 days
Shares, Vested and expected to vest	1,888
Weighted Average Exercise Price, Vested and expected to vest	$ 23.66
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term, Vested and expected to vest	1 year 6 months 11 days

XML

Commitments And Contingencies (Schedule Of Future Rental Commitments) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013
Rental Commitments [Line Items]
2014	$ 2,873
2015	2,848
2016	2,273
2017	2,208
2018	543
Thereafter	69
Total minimum lease payment	10,814
Facilities [Member]
Rental Commitments [Line Items]
2014	2,974
2015	2,919
2016	2,271
2017	2,208
2018	543
Thereafter	69
Total minimum lease payment	10,984
Subleases [Member]
Rental Commitments [Line Items]
2014	112
2015	76
2016	0
2017	0
2018	0
Thereafter	0
Total minimum lease payment	188
Net Facilities Commitments [Member]
Rental Commitments [Line Items]
2014	2,862
2015	2,843
2016	2,271
2017	2,208
2018	543
Thereafter	69
Total minimum lease payment	10,796
Equipment Commitments [Member]
Rental Commitments [Line Items]
2014	11
2015	5
2016	2
2017	0
2018	0
Thereafter	0
Total minimum lease payment	$ 18

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Restricted Stock Award Activity) (Details) (Restricted Stock Awards [Member], USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 26, 2011
Restricted Stock Awards [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Shares, Balance	40		45		49
Number of Shares, Granted	27		49		5
Number of Shares, Vested	(62)		(54)		(7)
Number of Shares, Forfeited					(2)
Number of Shares, Balance	5		40		45
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Balance	$ 7.19		$ 7.21		$ 6.20
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Granted	$ 28.24		$ 15.31		$ 17.28
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Vested	$ 15.45		$ 14.57		$ 7.35
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Forfeited					$ 7.35
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share), Balance	$ 17.28		$ 7.19		$ 7.21
Aggregate Intrinsic value, Vested	$ 1,657	[1]	$ 826	[1]	$ 134	[1]

[1] Represents the value of Cirrus stock on the date that the restricted stock vested.

XML

Commitments And Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies [Abstract]

Schedule Of Future Rental Commitments

		Facilities		Subleases		Net Facilities Commitments		Equipment Commitments		Total Commitments
2014	$	2,974	$	112	$	2,862	$	11	$	2,873
2015		2,919		76		2,843		5		2,848
2016		2,271		-		2,271		2		2,273
2017		2,208		-		2,208		0		2,208
2018		543		-		543		-		543
Thereafter		69		-		69		-		69
Total minimum lease payment	$	10,984	$	188	$	10,796	$	18	$	10,814

XML

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net (Schedule Of Estimated Aggregate Amortization Expense For Intangibles) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Goodwill And Intangibles, Net [Abstract]
Amortization expense for all intangibles	$ 3,400,000	$ 3,700,000	$ 3,300,000
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for the year ended March 29, 2014	2,602,000
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for the year ended March 28, 2015	1,809,000
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for the year ended March 26, 2016	218,000
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for the year ended March 25, 2017	21,000
Estimated aggregate amortization expense for the year ended March 31, 2018	$ 0

XML

Stockholder's Equity

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Stockholder's Equity [Abstract]

Stockholder's Equity

15.      Stockholders’ Equity

Share Repurchase Program

On November 4, 2010, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized an $80 million share repurchase program.  As of March 31, 2012, the Company had repurchased 5.1 million shares at a cost of $79.5 million, or an average cost of $15.51 per share.  During the third quarter of the current fiscal year, the Company completed this stock repurchase program and repurchased the remaining outstanding shares in conjunction with the new share repurchase program, announced below.  There are no outstanding remaining available repurchase obligations under this plan.  All repurchased common stock shares were retired.

On November 20, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $200 million of the Company’s common stock.  The Company repurchased 3.0 million shares of its common stock for $86.1 million (including the remaining $0.5 million available under the 2010 plan discussed above) during fiscal year 2013, at an average cost of $28.59 per share, leaving approximately $114.4 million available for repurchase under this plan as of March 30, 2013.  All of these shares were repurchased in the open market and were funded from existing cash.  All shares of our common stock that were repurchased were retired as of March 30, 2013.

Preferred Stock

We have 5.0 million shares of Preferred Stock authorized.  As of March 30, 2013 we have not issued any of the authorized shares. 

XML

Description Of Business (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Description Of Business [Abstract]

Basis Of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

We prepare financial statements on a 52- or 53-week year that ends on the last Saturday in March.  Fiscal years 2011 and 2013 were 52-week years, whereas fiscal year 2012 was a 53-week year.

Principles Of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s presentation of financial information.

Use Of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of management estimates.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at fiscal year-end and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.

XML

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net (Narrative) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Goodwill And Intangibles, Net [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 6.0	$ 6.0

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Components Of Property, Plant And Equipment) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 151,082	$ 122,932
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(50,459)	(55,954)
Property, plant and equipment, net	100,623	66,978
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	23,778	14,059
Buildings [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	38,257	8,351
Furniture And Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	9,677	4,320
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	1,091	6,765
Machinery And Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	51,080	37,481
Capitalized Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	24,671	23,459
Construction In Progress [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 2,528	$ 28,497

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 136,598	$ 87,983	$ 203,503
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	13,562	9,972	8,145
Stock compensation expense	21,495	12,178	8,141
Deferred income taxes	60,600	(10,154)	(120,045)
(Gain) loss on retirement or write-off of long-lived assets		23	(24)
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options	(106)
Other non-cash charges	4,792
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(25,232)	(5,055)	(15,135)
Inventories	(67,606)	(15,418)	(5,101)
Other assets	134	(9,783)	(1,158)
Accounts payable	22,423	10,469	7,299
Accrued salaries and benefits	3,260	1,232	2,440
Deferred income	(2,272)	384	356
Income taxes payable	263	(130)	(80)
Other accrued liabilities	(7,087)	1,494	(1,401)
Net cash provided by operating activities	160,824	83,195	86,940
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of available for sale marketable securities	127,336	181,282	202,753
Purchases of available for sale marketable securities	(178,847)	(127,852)	(255,426)
Purchases of property, equipment and software	(52,902)	(35,948)	(20,060)
Proceeds from sale of assets	22,220
Investments in technology	(3,009)	(6,604)	(1,527)
Decrease in restricted investments		5,786	69
Decrease (increase) in deposits and other assets	402	1,773	(58)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(84,800)	18,437	(74,249)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(86,059)	(76,782)	(22,766)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs	12,008	4,108	31,005
Repurchase of stock to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations	(1,674)
Excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options	106
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(75,619)	(72,674)	8,239
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	405	28,958	20,930
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	65,997	37,039	16,109
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	66,402	65,997	37,039
Cash payments during the year for:
Income taxes	$ 5,125	$ 2,268	$ 784

XML

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

4.      Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has determined that the only assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial statements that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are the Company’s investment portfolio assets. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

• Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s investment portfolio assets consist of corporate debt securities, money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and commercial paper, and are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet under the headings cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities.  The Company determines the fair value of its investment portfolio assets by obtaining non-binding market prices from its third-party portfolio managers on the last day of the quarter, whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1 inputs) or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2 inputs) in determining fair value. 

As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, the Company classified all investment portfolio assets as Level 1 or Level 2 assets.  The Company has no Level 3 assets.  There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 measurements for the years ending March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

The fair value of our financial assets at March 30, 2013, was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	54,762	$	-	$	-	$	54,762
Commercial paper		-		1,500		-		1,500
	$	54,762	$	1,500	$	-	$	56,262
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	-	$	94,667	$	-	$	94,667
U.S. Treasury securities		34,381		-		-		34,381
Agency discount notes		-		1,027		-		1,027
Commercial paper		-		40,070		-		40,070
	$	34,381	$	135,764	$	-	$	170,145

The fair value of our financial assets at March 31, 2012, was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	40,557	$	-	$	-	$	40,557
Commercial paper		-		15,952		-		15,952
Corporate debt securities		-		1,112		-		1,112
	$	40,557	$	17,064	$	-	$	57,621
Available-for-sale securities
Corporate debt securities	$	-	$	48,025	$	-	$	48,025
U.S. Treasury securities		30,261		-		-		30,261
Agency discount notes		-		16,796		-		16,796
Commercial paper		-		23,709		-		23,709
	$	30,261	$	88,530	$	-	$	118,791

XML

Equity Compensation (Summary Of Effect Of Stock-Based Compensation On Cost Of Goods Sold) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Effect on pre-tax income	$ 21,495	$ 12,178	$ 8,141
Income Tax Benefit	(106)
Total share based compensation expense (net of taxes)	21,389	12,178	8,141
Share based compensation effects on basic earnings (loss) per share	$ 0.33	$ 0.19	$ 0.12
Share based compensation effects on diluted earnings (loss) per share	$ 0.32	$ 0.18	$ 0.11
Share based compensation effects on operating activities cash flow	21,389	12,178	8,141
Share based compensation effects on financing activities cash flow	106
Cost of Sales [Member]
Effect on pre-tax income	751	398	243
Research and Development [Member]
Effect on pre-tax income	10,549	5,590	2,641
Selling, General and Administrative [Member]
Effect on pre-tax income	$ 10,195	$ 6,190	$ 5,257

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (Schedule Of Unaudited Quarterly Statement Of Operations Data) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Sep. 29, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 24, 2011	Jun. 25, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Quarterly Results (Unaudited) [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 206,873,000	$ 310,133,000	$ 193,774,000	$ 99,006,000	$ 110,631,000	[1]	$ 122,368,000	$ 101,602,000	$ 92,242,000	$ 809,786,000	$ 426,843,000	$ 369,571,000
Gross margin	83,614,000	158,050,000	100,087,000	53,440,000	62,347,000	[1]	66,030,000	54,355,000	47,709,000	395,191,000	230,441,000	201,995,000
Net income	26,360,000	67,862,000	35,449,000	6,927,000	50,827,000	[1]	16,731,000	11,247,000	9,178,000	136,598,000	87,983,000	203,503,000
Basic income per share	$ 0.41	$ 1.04	$ 0.55	$ 0.11	$ 0.79	[1]	$ 0.26	$ 0.17	$ 0.14	$ 2.12	$ 1.35	$ 3.00
Diluted income per share	$ 0.39	$ 0.99	$ 0.51	$ 0.10	$ 0.75	[1]	$ 0.25	$ 0.17	$ 0.13	$ 2.00	$ 1.29	$ 2.82
Income tax benefit					39,500,000					64,592,000	(8,000,000)	(119,289,000)
Decrease in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets					$ 37,300,000

[1] The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

XML

Stockholder's Equity (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified			0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		17 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Nov. 04, 2010 November 2010 Repurchase Program [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 November 2010 Repurchase Program [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 November 2010 Repurchase Program [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 November 2010 Repurchase Program [Member]	Nov. 20, 2012 November 2012 Repurchase Program [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 November 2012 Repurchase Program [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 Series A Participating Preferred Stock [Member]
Share repurchase program, amount approved			$ 80				$ 200
Shares repurchased					5,100,000			3,000,000
Shares repurchased, value					79.5			86.1
Average cost per share repurchased						$ 15.51		$ 28.59
Remaining amount available for share repurchases under stock repurchase program				$ 0.5				$ 114.4
Preferred Stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000							5,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued									0

XML

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Cash And Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Government Treasury and Agency instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase

Marketable Securities

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate this designation as of each balance sheet date.  We classify these securities as either held-to-maturity, trading, or available-for-sale. As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, all marketable securities and restricted investments were classified as available-for-sale securities.  The Company classifies its investments as “available for sale” because it expects to possibly sell some securities prior to maturity.  The Company’s investments are subject to market risk, primarily interest rate and credit risk.  The Company’s investments are managed by an outside professional manager within investment guidelines set by the Company.  Such guidelines include security type, credit quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities.  The fair value of investments is determined using observable or quoted market prices for those securities.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.  Realized gains and losses, declines in value judged to be other than temporary, and interest on available-for-sale securities are included in net income.  The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

Inventories

We use the lower of cost or market method to value our inventories, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  One of the factors we consistently evaluate in the application of this method is the extent to which products are accepted into the marketplace.  By policy, we evaluate market acceptance based on known business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted customer unit demand for our products over a specific future period, or demand horizon, to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting period.

On a quarterly and annual basis, we analyze inventories on a part-by-part basis.  Inventory quantities on hand in excess of forecasted demand are considered to have reduced market value and, therefore, the cost basis is adjusted to the lower of cost or market.  Typically, market values for excess or obsolete inventories are considered to be zero.  Product life cycles and the competitive nature of the industry are factors considered in the estimation of customer unit demand at the end of each quarterly accounting period.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Work in process	$	34,169	$	30,921
Finished goods		85,131		24,994
	$	119,300	$	55,915

Property, Plant And Equipment, Net

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, net of depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from three to 39 years.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life.  Furniture, fixtures, machinery, and equipment are all depreciated over a useful life of three to 10 years, while buildings are depreciated over a period of up to 39 years.  In general, our capitalized software is amortized over a useful life of three years, with capitalized enterprise resource planning software being amortized over a useful life of 10 years.  Gains or losses related to retirements or dispositions of fixed assets are recognized in the period incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following (in thousands):

	March 30,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Land	$	23,778	$	14,059
Buildings		38,257		8,351
Furniture and fixtures		9,677		4,320
Leasehold improvements		1,091		6,765
Machinery and equipment		51,080		37,481
Capitalized software		24,671		23,459
Construction in progress		2,528		28,497
Total property, plant and equipment		151,082		122,932
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(50,459)		(55,954)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	100,623	$	66,978

The increase in the land and buildings balances in fiscal year 2013 was primarily attributable to the construction of the new headquarters facility, which was placed in service during fiscal year 2013, and the purchase of surrounding properties during fiscal year 2013.  Depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant, and equipment for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $10.2 million, $6.3 million, and $4.8 million, respectively. 

Goodwill And Intangibles, Net

Goodwill and Intangibles, net

Intangible assets include purchased technology licenses and patents that are reported at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from one to ten years.  Acquired intangibles include existing technology, core technology or patents, license agreements, trademarks, covenants not-to-compete and customer agreements.  These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from four to fifteen years. 

Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.  Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests.  If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required.  The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: (i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy and the semiconductor industry, or (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results.  The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.  Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows.  Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the evaluations.  It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect.  If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analysis, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges in a future period.  There are no impairments of goodwill or intangibles in 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

We test for impairment losses on long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amounts.  We measure any impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount.  We estimate fair value based on discounted future cash flows, quoted market prices, or independent appraisals. 

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation

All of our international subsidiaries have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency.  The local currency financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for assets and liabilities.  Gains and losses from remeasurement are included in other income (expense), net.  Revenue and expenses from our international subsidiaries are remeasured using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur.  For all periods presented, our foreign currency remeasurement expense was not significant.

Concentration Of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to material concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities, long-term marketable securities, and trade accounts receivable.  We are exposed to credit risk to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet.  By policy, our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and long-term marketable securities are subject to certain nationally recognized credit standards, issuer concentrations, sovereign risk, and marketability or liquidity considerations.

In evaluating our trade receivables, we perform credit evaluations of our major customers’ financial condition and monitor closely all of our receivables to limit our financial exposure by limiting the length of time and amount of credit extended.  In certain situations, we may require payment in advance or utilize letters of credit to reduce credit risk.  By policy, we establish a reserve for trade accounts receivable based on the type of business in which a customer is engaged, the length of time a trade account receivable is outstanding, and other knowledge that we may possess relating to the probability that a trade receivable is at risk for non-payment. 

For fiscal year 2013, we had three contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial, Hongfujin Precision and Protek, who represented 21 percent, 36 percent, and 16 percent of our consolidated gross accounts receivable, respectively.  In fiscal year 2012, we had two contract manufacturers, Futaihua Industrial and Hongfujin Precision, who represented 28 percent and 14 percent, respectively, of our consolidated gross accounts receivable.  No other distributor or customer had receivable balances that represented more than 10 percent of consolidated gross accounts receivable as of the end of fiscal year 2013 or 2012.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, we consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design.  These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from a distributor, or through a third party manufacturer contracted to produce their end product.  For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 89 percent, 74 percent, and 62 percent of our sales, respectively.  For fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 82 percent, 62 percent, and 47 percent of the Company’s total sales, respectively.  Further, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc., that represented 15 percent, and 24 percent of our sales for fiscal years 2012, and 2011, respectively.No other customer or distributor represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012, or 2011.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenuewhen all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.  We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of the four criteria above.  For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and stock rotation.  As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable.  Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales.  For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights.  For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment. 

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net within the deferred income caption.  The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory.  Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

Warranty Expense

Warranty Expense

We warrant our products and maintain a provision for warranty repair or replacement of shipped products.  The accrual represents management’s estimate of probable returns.  Our estimate is based on an analysis of our overall sales volume and historical claims experience, and the sales volume and historical claims experience at our largest customer, Apple, Inc.  The estimate is re-evaluated periodically for accuracy.

Shipping Costs

Shipping Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs were $1.5 million, $1.8 million, and $1.3 million, in fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and is recognized as an expense, on a ratable basis, over the vesting period, which is generally between zero and four years.  Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to develop estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options.  The Company calculates the grant-date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model.  The use of valuation models requires the Company to make estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, and forfeiture rates.  The grant-date fair value of restricted stock units is the market value at grant date multiplied by the number of units. 

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We provide for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not.  The Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets based on all the facts and circumstances, including projections of future taxable income and expiration dates of carryover attributes on a quarterly basis.  We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding its realization.  The calculation of our tax liabilities involves assessing uncertainties with respect to the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction.  We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process.  The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes.  The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  We reevaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, expirations of statutes of limitation, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity.  If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge will result. 

Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals.  If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.  We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions.  These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.

Net Income Per Share

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is based on the weighted effect of common shares issued and outstanding and is calculated by dividing net income by the basic weighted average shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net income per share calculation, plus the equivalent number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding.  These potentially dilutive items consist primarily of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The following table details the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2013		2012		2011
Numerator:
Net income	$	136,598	$	87,983	$	203,503
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding		64,580		64,934		67,857
Effect of dilutive securities		3,874		3,129		4,246
Weighted average diluted shares		68,454		68,063		72,103
Basic earnings per share	$	2.12	$	1.35	$	3.00
Diluted earnings per share	$	2.00	$	1.29	$	2.82

The weighted outstanding options excluded from our diluted calculation for the years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, were 453,000,  1,052,000,  and 615,000, respectively, as the exercise price exceeded the average market price during the period.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments from prior years when we had subsidiaries whose functional currency was not the U.S. Dollar, as well as unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale.  See Note 16 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss for additional discussion.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350) – Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.  With the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived assets, other than goodwill, are impaired.  If, after the assessment, an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to assess further.  If an entity concludes otherwise, the fair value determination and quantitative impairment test is required, in accordance with Subtopic 350-30.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) –Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  With the amendments in this update, an entity is required to “report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income.  For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.”  The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  We began complying with this ASU, as defined, in fiscal year 2013 and the adoption of this ASU currently does not, and is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Income Taxes (Summary Of Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes, Statutory Federal Rate Pretax Income Reconciliation) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 26, 2011
Income Taxes [Abstract]
Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income taxes	(1.30%)	(46.70%)	(178.60%)
Foreign taxes at different rates	(0.10%)		0.10%
R&D credit	(2.10%)
Stock compensation	0.10%	1.00%	(0.10%)
Nondeductible expenses	0.30%	0.10%	1.10%
Other	0.20%	0.60%	0.90%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	32.10%	(10.00%)	(141.60%)

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) [Abstract]

Schedule Of Unaudited Quarterly Statement Of Operations Data

	Fiscal Year 2013
	1st		2nd		3rd		4th
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Net sales	$	99,006	$	193,774	$	310,133	$	206,873
Gross margin		53,440		100,087		158,050		83,614
Net income		6,927		35,449		67,862		26,360
Basic income per share	$	0.11	$	0.55	$	1.04	$	0.41
Diluted income per share		0.10		0.51		0.99		0.39

	Fiscal Year 2012
	1st		2nd		3rd		4th
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
								(1)
Net sales	$	92,242	$	101,602	$	122,368	$	110,631
Gross margin		47,709		54,355		66,030		62,347
Net income		9,178		11,247		16,731		50,827
Basic income per share	$	0.14	$	0.17	$	0.26	$	0.79
Diluted income per share		0.13		0.17		0.25		0.75

The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

XML

Patent Agreement, Net

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Patent Agreement, Net [Abstract]

Patent Agreement, Net

14.     Patent Agreement, Net

On July 13, 2010, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of certain Company owned patents.  As a result of this agreement, on August 31, 2010, the Company received cash consideration of $4.0 million from the purchaser.  The proceeds were recorded during fiscal year 2011 as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are reflected as a separate line item on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in operating expenses under the caption “Patent agreement, net.”